Slashdot Mirror


MIT Technology Review on Where Orwell Went Wrong

nakhla writes "MIT's Technology Review is running an interesting article entitled Who's Afraid of 1984? The article talks about Orwell's famous work, and examines how Orwell's view of technology's impact on freedom and democracy was flawed. The article points out that, in fact, freedom and democracy were strengthened by technological innovations, and addresses its affect on Stalinism and Nazism. An interestng read for those who are worried about technology's impact on our generation and beyond."

633 comments

  1. It's already here by Franco_Begbie · · Score: 1

    TCPA/Palladium is the begining.

    1. Re:It's already here by scott1853 · · Score: 1

      What's the ending going to be then, biotech implants a-la borg?

    2. Re:It's already here by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Indeed, the ultimate and only way to close the analog hole ... make people digital at birth (at least until they perfect their genetically encoded rights management system).

    3. Re:It's already here by anonymous_wombat · · Score: 3, Informative

      How about the fact that Intel is going to put a radio on every chip? The article doesn't say if it only receives, or can broadcast as well (spyware anyone?).

    4. Re:It's already here by isotope23 · · Score: 1

      It will have broadcast abilities.
      Think 802.11b........

      --
      Service guarantees Citizenship! Questions Guarantee GITMO.... Amerika Uber Alles!
    5. Re:It's already here by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Chaos of course :)

      Wonderful, unpredictable, inhumane, chaos.

    6. Re:It's already here by tony_gardner · · Score: 2

      Not exactly, it actually broadcasts at 2.4GHz

  2. wrong? by CrazyDwarf · · Score: 2, Interesting

    I don't think Orwell was really that far off. We already have major cities with Big Brother Facial Recognition Software running.

    joke If HDTV ever catches on, I'm not buying one... I don't want their camera looking back at me. /joke

    --
    It's easy to stand out when the general level of competence is so low.
    1. Re:wrong? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Why is everybody so goddamn bent out of shape over "Big Brother"?? What the hell do you need to hide? Who the fuck cares if they can see you frying bacon in your underwear?

      You're delusional if you think you're so special that the government would actually take the time to keep track of your every move. And if they are watching you, it's probably because you're a criminal and deserve to be caught.

    2. Re:wrong? by DrFrob · · Score: 0

      Government is an imperfect organization that can make poor laws. Privacy laws protect us from bad decisions made by the governement. Example: John Walker is recieving 20 years in prison for carying around a gun and trying to kill people. Congress is in the process of passing a bill that will allow computer hackers to be sentenced up to life in prison. Is this right? It sure seems screwy to me. As long as the gov't is making stupid laws, I sure as hell don't want them watching me. Oral sex is illegal in most states, do you think that law enforcement agencies should be able to monitor private residences to make certain that no one is engaging in "criminal" behavior?

    3. Re:wrong? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Oral sex is illegal in most states, do you think that law enforcement agencies should be able to monitor private residences to make certain that no one is engaging in "criminal" behavior?

      Oral sex? Illegal?? You've got to be be kidding me! But, I seriously doubt the government would take the time to arrest someone for getting a hummer. They don't have the time to go chasing such small-time "criminals".

      Oh, and that law Congress is passing says that hackers who cause death will be sentenced for life. So, yes, I do think that is right.

    4. Re:wrong? by CrazyDwarf · · Score: 2, Insightful

      In Oklahoma, anything other than the missionary position for the purpose of reproduction is illegal. I have a friend who went through police training there, and one of the things they did on the first day was ask, "How many of you have committed a crime?" They then went on to tell them about the law I mentioned above. Fortunately, it isn't enforced. Who can say if it would be if they could monitor your behavior in your own home? I realize Oklahoma is essentially the buckle of the bible belt, but I really think this is a completely absurd law. It is also illegal in Oklahoma to spank your wife, although I believe it is acceptable to spank someone else's wife (as long as you are trying to reproduce in the missionary position.)

      --
      It's easy to stand out when the general level of competence is so low.
    5. Re:wrong? by netruner · · Score: 4, Interesting

      This attitude is probably one of the most dangerous things out there. The assumption that your being sufficiently uninteresting will keep you from being put under the microscope is short sighted at best. Privacy is not something to be taken lightly. Lots of people have things they would like to hide from prying eyes- especially when those eyes have no legitimate business with them. Would you like things like that nasty, embarassing problem you saw the doctor for last week to be known by anyone that didn't have a need-to-know? What about your screwed up family, and that incident when you were 5 that you still see a counselor for? What about that nasty little habit you have -yes, that one- does the frequency of that need to be known to anyone who thinks they have a need? What about your non-pc views (no, not the ones you talk about - the other ones) that could really cost you in the wrong situation?

      Keep in mind that everyone either does things, or has characteristics that others might consider "deviant", and you probably don't know what those things are because they seem normal to you because you take your privacy for granted. Also keep in mind that things that are "normal" now might be "deviant" in the future.

      People aren't afraid of the legitimate use of their information. They are afraid of the abuse of priveledged information- and the only way to keep that from happening is to keep it hidden.

      I would say that you are delusional to think that you have nothing that could be used against you in the right context.

      --



      DISCLAIMER: This post was not checked for speling and grammar- if you complain- you're a whiner
    6. Re:wrong? by DrFrob · · Score: 0

      One of the best examples of this I've seen recently was in Minority Report where the spiders perform a retinal scan on each tenant in the apartment building while searching for Tom Cruise. The spiders scare the hell out of two little children, thus scaring their mother. They interupt two people having sex and have to tear open protective gauze on Tom's eyes to perform the scan (which could have been a legitimate eye injury). That whole scene made the issue much more clear to me.

    7. Re:wrong? by Opie812 · · Score: 0

      Oral sex is illegal in most states Can I use this as an excuse not to go down on my gf? bleech! Ha!

      --
      I'm not a nerd. Nerds are smart.
    8. Re:wrong? by homer_ca · · Score: 3, Insightful

      The reason the government doesn't keep track of everybody's moves now is because that kind of surveillance is expensive and labor intensive. What happens when technology makes it cheap enough to spy on everyone? Sure, facial recognition that works and microrobotic cameras are far off in the future. But what about a giant data-mining computer that cross references a few things like say... telephone calling records, mobile phone coordinates, credit card purchases, and the toll-road transponder in your car? You leave a paper trail everywhere you go.

    9. Re:wrong? by Sylver+Dragon · · Score: 2, Insightful

      Keep in mind that everyone either does things, or has characteristics that others might consider "deviant", and you probably don't know what those things are because they seem normal to you because you take your privacy for granted. Also keep in mind that things that are "normal" now might be "deviant" in the future.

      This is certainly a valid point, with history to back it up. I doubt that many people would have viewed German Jews as "deviant" in 1920's Germany. And later, when they were all told to wear the Star of David in a visable location, what did they have to worry? No one would single out people and do harmful things to them, just because they are Jewish. Certainly, they had nothing to hide, so they had nothing to worry about. That is the argument put forth these days to assuage people's fears of all of the new security measures. Look where it led the Jews, and then tell me, do you really think its a valid argument?

      (note: the use of the word 'you' is meant as the reader, not the above poster, with whom I am agreeing.)

      --
      Necessity is the mother of invention.
      Laziness is the father.
    10. Re:wrong? by redtuxxx · · Score: 0

      The entire article has a false precis

      Orwell was not writing about the threat of technology - he was writing about the abuse of technology AND media

      The book seems fairly spot on to me

      Can anyone see any politician who espouses any ideas outside the current "consensus" even getting airplay nowadays?

    11. Re:wrong? by redtuxxx · · Score: 1, Interesting

      Just to agree there is a famous quote from a churchman Martin Niemoller which goes something like

      When they came for the communists I said nothing
      When they came for the socialists I said nothing
      When they came for the jews I said nothing
      When they came for me there was no-one left to say anything

      (from memory -the full quote is a bit longer)

      It basically means that if you close your eyes to "badness" because it does directly affect you eventually it will and there will be no-one to protect you

      (Martin Niemolloer began as a supporter of Hitler - not a nazi but a supporter)

    12. Re:wrong? by (outer-limits) · · Score: 2
      Orwell was writing about the concept of people having their lives run for them.

      He then speculated as to how this could be done, and used the Stalinist state as a model.

      The book is in fact a general warning against all organisations that feel the need to control us to get what they want, (which is their security and power), be they Communist, Fascist or Corporate.

      The whole problem is that large societies come up against a paradox, how do we make people accountable and responsible to each other, as part of a society. As man grows from the village, where everyone knows everyone else, and can be made to conform using societal pressure, to the metropolis, how do we ensure that people are still responsible to each other.

      In the metropolis, most people are anonymous. (It is often sad seeing people get off the country train. At first, they wave or smile to each person they pass. This quickly ends).

      People such as serial killers can easily hide and get away with their hobby for years. In a village, this would not be possible. The State takes over the task of ensuring moral action, but must resort to technology and beauracracy to get this task done. For the state to ensure perfect conformance, it must be as invasive as life in the village. This is not acceptable in modern society, and leads to absudities in evidence gathering for crimes, where evidence that would quickly convict someone cannot be presented.

      At the same time, the State is subject to the forces that assail all large beauracracies, the rise of the power monger. These people have little talent for much, except rising to positions of power in large organisations. They see the world in terms of the power they have, and can then abuse the power available to them to cement their position.

      The US today is arguably not a democracy, as less than half of eligeable people vote. Why is that, do people feel that Big Brother is looking after them just fine, or that no matter what they do, Big Brother can never be removed using democratic means?

      --

      Microsoft - Where would you like to go today, Maybe Jail?

    13. Re:wrong? by (outer-limits) · · Score: 2
      List of things that a congressman cannot say

      He doesn't believe 'under God' is a good idea for a secular state.

      Cuba has been blockaded long enough.

      The drinking age should be lowered to 18.

      The US has many good points, but some countries overseas do some things better.

      The US is not specially blessed by god.

      The blind worship of consumerism can be bad.

      There can be problems with the capitalist system.

      Tough laws on drugs are not working.

      Gun laws are too lax.

      --

      Microsoft - Where would you like to go today, Maybe Jail?

    14. Re:wrong? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      You overestimate the view many people have of themselves. There are a lot of people out there who you could never convince that they should want to hide anything from authorities (as long as they are "good guys").

    15. Re:wrong? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Moderate this one up to 5!
      It's the essence.

    16. Re:wrong? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      here! here! i can`t believe how smart geeks think they are because they run linux, but they miss stuff like this-
      http://www.washingtontimes.com/national/200 20716-7 5882632.htm
      by a mile.....

    17. Re:Wrong? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      maybe closer than you think if you go read this...
      http://www.washingtontimes.com/national/2 0020716-7 5882632.htm

    18. Re:wrong? by ChrisKoehler · · Score: 0

      This is the actual quote:

      "First they came for the Communists,
      and I didn't speak up,
      because I wasn't a Communist.
      Then they came for the Jews,
      and I didn't speak up,
      because I wasn't a Jew.
      Then they came for the Catholics,
      and I didn't speak up,
      because I was a Protestant.
      Then they came for me,
      and by that time there was no one
      left to speak up for me."
      by Rev. Martin Niemoeller, 1945

  3. So far... by zerosignal · · Score: 5, Funny

    So far, the only thing we know for certain that Orwell was wrong about was the year.

    1. Re:So far... by unicron · · Score: 4, Funny

      Man, that Mac sure has come in handy in fighting off Totalitarianism over the past 18 years.

      --
      Finally, math books without any of that base 6 crap in them.
    2. Re:So far... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Congratulations on not reading the article and being the first person to post tripe as quickly as possible.

    3. Re:So far... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Bull! The book makes it quite clear that '1984' was most likely made up by the Ministry of Truth.

    4. Re:So far... by PMuse · · Score: 0, Flamebait

      So far, the only thing we know for certain that Orwell was wrong about was the year.

      I. Such an argument proves nothing because it is incapable of refutation. One can always say, "Just wait a little longer, it'll all come true." How many decades must we go until we admit that this dystopia is being avoided? One? Two?

      II. If Orwell had been making predictions (instead of critiquing society by metaphor), then it makes as much sense to say that "the only thing we know for certain is that Orwell was right about the year."

      And wrong about everything else.
      That is, a year called 1984 did come to pass, but all (or most of) the rest did not happen.

      III. What basis is there begin from the presumption that a prophet is right? None. Instead, we disbelieve prophets until their predictions begin to prove out. Any tendancy to believe prognosticators are usually right time comes from the fact that most prophets who are wrong are quickly forgotten while the right ones are lauded and remembered.

      --
      "We reject as false the choice between our safety and our ideals." --The American President (20.1.2009)
    5. Re:So far... by bluprint · · Score: 3, Insightful

      "Such an argument proves nothing because it is incapable of refutation"

      I don't think the poster's intent was to claim that an Orwellian world was definately going to happen. The point (as I took it anyway), was to counter the proposition by the original article that Orwell was, and forever will be, wrong that a "1984/Big Brother" type situation could ever occur. While it's true that Orwell's predictions (if that's what they were) didn't come true by the year 1984, it is perfectly reasonable, and probably a good excercise, to always consider the possibility of the devolopment of a repressive government.

      Furthermore, the more advanced technology gets, the more technically possible it would be for a government to pull off such Orwellian things. For example, on Slashdot just the other day was the story about robot warriors. Imagine a government (run by a relatively few individuals) capable of weilding the same military power as the US government weilds today, with only a small fraction of actual people (with consciences) needed to "do the dirty work".

      So, back to the poster's point that just because such things haven't happened yet, one cannot extrapolate that those types of things could never happen.

      --
      A modern day witchhunt.
    6. Re:So far... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      The only thing definite is that Orwell could spell the word "definite".

    7. Re:So far... by (outer-limits) · · Score: 2
      The thing I find ironic about the Mac ad, is that the strength of Macs is that they are very much the same, it means Apple can ensure a higher consistency of software and hardware.

      The problem with the generic PC is its diversity. Keeping such a range of hardware and software reliable is a huge task.

      --

      Microsoft - Where would you like to go today, Maybe Jail?

    8. Re:So far... by hopey · · Score: 1

      He was right about the food. I don't wanna know what was that grey shit they just made me eat.

      hopey

    9. Re:So far... by PMuse · · Score: 1

      While it's true that Orwell's predictions (if that's what they were) didn't come true by the year 1984, it is perfectly reasonable, and probably a good excercise, to always consider the possibility of the devolopment of a repressive government.

      True, true. We cannot say (and I didn't) that the Orwellian world has been avoided forever. We can only say that it is being avoided.

      No doubt, technology increases the means for oppression. For instance, without cheap networks, storage space, and processing, building a profile of a consumer's purchases (e.g. supermarket shopper card) is prohibitively expensive for the value that profile has to merchants. Similarly, Echelon is far cheaper than the same system implemented for snail mail. Still, it's concentration of power, not technology that's the primary danger. Oppressive, totalitarian states are quite possible with low tech.

      I agree that constant vigilence is called for to avoid such a future. OTOH constant doomsaying / crying-of-wolf is boring.

      Your reading of the parent post may be right; I can't say. What I don't quite understand is a "flamebait" mod, but what the 7734. :-)

      Actually, for dystopian novels, I recommend Brave New World by Aldous Huxley. Makes some interesting points, and Huxley is somewhat less convinced of the inherent unworthiness of people.

      --
      "We reject as false the choice between our safety and our ideals." --The American President (20.1.2009)
    10. Re:So far... by PMuse · · Score: 1

      Oh, there's a misquote above. Purely unintentional. Misplaced the emphasis.

      --
      "We reject as false the choice between our safety and our ideals." --The American President (20.1.2009)
  4. Just a good book by kappax · · Score: 1, Troll

    It is just a good book, but look where MS is going, that P thing, that sounds like big brother to me.

    1. Re:Just a good book by kappax · · Score: 1

      Did not mean to be a "Troll" I ment what i typed it is a good book, in fact i loved it.

      But MS and Palladium is just a step closer to that, in fact with Palladium MS could wipe someting and make it new like "as if MS was the only os ever" or someting like that, not to even start thinking about all the other stuff MS is getting in to, Cell Phones, Game Consoles, Credit Cards, and now GL, and many many more things i am sure.

  5. an alternate view by tps12 · · Score: 5, Insightful

    While the point is well taken that technology has been used for more good than evil throughout history, we should not celebrate it blindly. Recall that such innovators as Henry Ford and Eli Whitney had worldviews that we would call racist and fascist today, and that Nazi Germany gave us advances in physics (via rocketry) and mathematics (encryption). The current crop of rogue hacker terrorists is just the latest iteration of this all-too-common archetype. Technology can be a great thing, but it shouldn't be worshipped without skepticism.

    --

    Karma: Good (despite my invention of the Karma: sig)
    1. Re:an alternate view by Lumpy · · Score: 3, Insightful

      dont forget the horrible atrocities that the German Government performed during WW-II coupled with the same atrocities that the Amercians and Brits performed during the 1500-1800's on the American native population did to advance medical science..

      Everyone's hands are dirty... don't ever forget that.

      --
      Do not look at laser with remaining good eye.
    2. Re:an alternate view by DrVxD · · Score: 3, Insightful

      > Nazi Germany gave us advances in physics (via rocketry) and mathematics (encryption).
      I think more advances in mathematics were due to decryption (the field in which a little know guy by the name of Alan Turing really made his mark on the war). But I guess you could argue quite reasonably that it was a consequence of encryption.
      Oh, and don't forget the advances in weapons of mass destruction.

      --
      Not everything that can be measured matters; Not everything that matters can be measured.
    3. Re:an alternate view by Elwood+P+Dowd · · Score: 2

      Technology can be a great thing, but it shouldn't be worshipped without skepticism.

      I hate it when people say crap like that. What the *&%$ does that mean?

      --

      There are no trails. There are no trees out here.
    4. Re:an alternate view by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0
      What the *&%$ does that mean?
      It means: think about the technology that's being pushed, don't just blindly think that new => good. Start with, say, GM crops. The industry would have it that they're shiny happy empowering wonderful inventions done out of pure goodness and light. Don't believe them. Think.
    5. Re:an alternate view by rnturn · · Score: 2
      ``Recall that such innovators as Henry Ford and Eli Whitney had worldviews that we would call racist and fascist today''

      Whew. Imagine if they'd been as financially successful as a certain Seattle-area businessman.

      --
      CUR ALLOC 20195.....5804M
    6. Re:an alternate view by Elwood+P+Dowd · · Score: 2

      Yeah, that's a great example of why you shouldn't believe marketing. The tendency of people to blindly think that new => good seems practically nonexistent. Iduno, maybe it's pretty prevalent among five year olds.

      Good technology isn't worshiped, it's used.

      --

      There are no trails. There are no trees out here.
  6. Is it because of 1984? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 2, Insightful

    Is it possible it took the direction it did because of 1984, rather than inspite of it.

    Do writtings such as 1984 make us more aware?

    1. Re:Is it because of 1984? by ab762 · · Score: 1

      Very possibly. Cautionary tales should have some impact. I've often wondered if Larry Niven's "Gil the Arm" stories with execution by organ donation (and showing its horrid consequences) had anything to do with the fact that no one has proposed that (although China may be doing it anyway...)

      In one of Heinlein's letters, he recounts that when John W. Campbell called him in August 1945 to tell him of the bombing of Hiroshima, his reaction was "Oh god, it's starting".

      Alvin Toffler, in Future Shock called SF the "forward-view mirror".

      --
      "Objects in mirror may be closer than they appear" Henry Troup, htroup@bigfoot.com

    2. Re:Is it because of 1984? by Gehenna_Gehenna · · Score: 1
      A valid point. At the end of the day, I could see 1984 happening if the Gov't controlled all the tech., as it does in some third world countries.

      Here in the west, tech. is controlled by we, the people. There are few technological endeveres that cannot be purchased for consumption by average Joe. If Joe goes to school and learns about tech he gains the ability to keep prying eyes from his tech, and himself. Or, if he chooses, use that knowledge to take away tech from The Man via hacks, etc.

      Untill the tech is taken from the people the people will find a way to control it for their own uses.

      I guesse that Orwel didn't predict the geek.

      Although, I think he did (the underground group at the end of 1984, for example). Maybe he was just wrong about the POWER of the geek.

      --

    3. Re:Is it because of 1984? by vergil · · Score: 2
      "Here in the west, tech. is controlled by we, the people."

      I'm really interested in knowing how, exactly, you arrived at that comfortable little conclusion. Did "we the people" draft the DMCA/UCITA/RIP (in Britain) to represent and protect our interests? Did "we the people" pass such shortsighted legislation into law by popular referendum?

      "I guess that Orwell didn't predict the geek ... Maybe he was just wrong about the POWER of the geek." (spelling corrected)

      Your post seems to reference some unspecified, inherent ability of "the geek" to circumvent any use of technology to limit freedom. While such a reductively Katzian assertion of geek power is heartening, it is hardly grounded in political reality. When's the last time you wrote a letter to your elected representative? Organized a protest? Sat across a table from a government official and explained your views? Some geeks regularly engage in such activities -- but not enough. Orwell may have failed to predict the "power" of the geek. But he certainly didn't misunderstand the inertia of comfortable complacency.

      Then again, your curious notion of controlling technology seems to hinge on a group's ability to acquire or purchase technological products. In other words, you seem to equate a complex concept --"technology" -- with a tangible good, such as a stereo or CD-RW drive. Hate to burst your bubble, pal, but your ability to buy consumer electronics has very, very little to do with your ability to exercise control what you can -- and cannot do with said technology.

      Sincerely,

  7. Intresting choice of words by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    why isnt nazism called hitlerism yet communism is refered to as stalinism?

    1. Re:Intresting choice of words by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      You mean Marxism?

    2. Re:Intresting choice of words by toupsie · · Score: 1
      why isnt nazism called hitlerism yet communism is refered to as stalinism?

      What about Maoism?

      --
      Strange women lying in ponds distributing swords is no basis for a system of government.
    3. Re:Intresting choice of words by Maggot75 · · Score: 1

      Perhaps the author is a communist and doesn't want to cast communism in it's ideal form in a bad light.

    4. Re:Intresting choice of words by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      nazism isn't called hitlerism simply because no one calls it that. people know what you mean when you say nazism. more the the point, actually, is why we call it nazism and don't just refer to it as facisim. nazism is just the "flavor" that facisim took under hitler.

      as for communism, in a true academic sense it is an socio-economic theory, a variant of socialism. marxism is the type of communism championed by marx and lenin. mao and stalin made communism it the basis of their political systems, hence maoism and stalinism.

    5. Re:Intresting choice of words by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Probably because Stalinism is not the same as Communism. Read Marx and you will see that Stalin modified it for his own maniacal uses. Leon Trotsky wanted to stick more to the letter of Communism and we all know what happened to him.

    6. Re:Intresting choice of words by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      same thing - "communism" distorted as the cult of the individual - just look at North Korea

    7. Re:Intresting choice of words by RobinH · · Score: 5, Insightful

      Be careful not to mix up governments and economic systems. Pure communism is only an economic system (i.e. it's actually possible to have a democratic government and a communist economic model). Nazism is a form of fascism, which is a system of government. Stalinism was a dictatorship - also a form of government.

      The economic spectrum ranges from capitalist to communist, with socialism somewhere in the middle. Since there are no strict examples of pure capitalism or pure communism in the world (and probably never will be) we all basically live in socialist economies, which lie at various points along that spectrum. As an example, Americans like to dub Canada a socialist country, because it has universal health care, but Canada and the U.S. are actually close together on the socialism continuum: both have public schools, welfare, and strong labour unions, for instance.

      On the other hand, there are tonnes of different governments... democracies, republics, monarchies, dictatorships, fundamentalist regimes, you name it. Many are also combinations of those systems.

      --
      "I have never let my schooling interfere with my education." - Mark Twain
    8. Re:Intresting choice of words by famillionaire · · Score: 1

      Communism isn't referred to as Stalinism, except by the ignorant and media types acting in bad faith. Distinguishing between Nazism and 'Hitlerism' would be a waste of time, since there has only really been one important Nazi movement in history, and that was under Hitler. Communism, however, is a heading that contains a large number of (often extremely antagonistic) philosophical and political schools, one of those being Stalinism.
      Since most 'Western' governments have a vested interest in discrediting political philosophies that are anti-capitalistic, Stalinism (undeniably the ugliest, most incredibly, tragically ill-conceived form of communism ever to exist) is usually said to be or implied to be synonymous with communism in the media and the general political rhetoric - hence your mistake. This is also why you often see the term 'communism' (the philosophy of communism) used when what should really be printed is 'Communism' (the Communist Party).
      Non-Stalinist communist philosophies include Fourierism, Marxism (and dozens of subsets), Maoism, and so on.

    9. Re:Intresting choice of words by br0therben · · Score: 1

      I thought Nazism was facism with cool uniforms. I'm no polysci major, though...
      Well, come to think of it, facism is often a real advocate for cool uniforms. Look at Rome (forget all that republic crap, just think Empire...that IS where the term "facism" comes from, isn't it?)...COOL UNIFORMS. The REAL Empire...COOL UNIFORMS. The US Postal service...COOL UNIFORMS. Well, maybe not those facists but I think my point stands.
      I don't think facism gets enough credit for the uniform benefit; it might have something to do with that holocaust thing but I'm not sure. Still, cool uniforms sure beat a centralized distribution of wealth, workers' states (CRAPPY uniforms), equal rights (nothing special about a COOL UNIFORM that anyone can wear), vodka (real facists drink Mead), or sappy public art with lots of people in overalls (we want swords, battles, wolves, and of course COOL UNIFORMS in our sculptures).

    10. Re:Intresting choice of words by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0
      Stalinism (undeniably the ugliest, most incredibly, tragically ill-conceived form of communism ever to exist)

      Just because I feel like nit-picking... what about Pol Pot? True, Stalin killed more people, but that's not the only measure of ugliness. The only reason I bring it up is because many people know almost nothing about that part of history...

    11. Re:Intresting choice of words by mcelli · · Score: 1
      why isnt nazism called hitlerism yet communism is refered to as stalinism?

      Actually this is very interesting. There is a distinct difference. Basically, major communist leaders have "isms" attached to their names because of the ideology present in how they attempted to implement communism, and their takes on communist ideology.

      Leninism/Trotskyism calls for world communism, to the effect that communism cannot exist unless every country is involved

      Stalinism is the idea that one nation can be communism separate from others

      Communism is the governmental system they were trying to establish.

      Furthermore, Nazism is Hitlerism, as the Nazi party was not "Nazist" but instead Socialist. A type of Socialism that most people would not like to be associated with, but empirically, it was socialist: a Nazist socialism.

      I hope this clears it up. Stalinism =/= Communism. Hitlerism is essentially synonomous with Nazism, but isn't used.

    12. Re:Intresting choice of words by Opie812 · · Score: 0

      I wonder if Nazism would be called hitlerism if there had been another Nazi leader. Say Hitler ruled for awhile, then died. Maybe his reign would be called 'Hitlerism' then the guy who came after him would have an 'ism' associated with his name after he died. Fortunately we didn't find out. Just thinking out loud...sort of

      --
      I'm not a nerd. Nerds are smart.
    13. Re:Intresting choice of words by antirename · · Score: 1

      The problem with non-elected governments is human nature. That is, and always has been, the problem with any theory that promises utopia. Put one guy in charge who doesn't have to worry about consequences and it doesn't matter if the government is Communist, Fascist, or just a general dictatorship. The comparison between communism and Stalinism is valid because such a political environment will enivitably develop such a tyrant. Spare me the "in a perfect world", "the theory says", and all that crap. Governmental models can be judged by their results, and in a nutshell the societies without much freedom have sucked ass. Still do. Unless you want to live there, don't defend them. If you still feel like arguing, you are of course free to provide an example of totalitarian country doing the people any good.

    14. Re:Intresting choice of words by antirename · · Score: 1

      I'm hoping this is sarcasm. I'm giving you the benefit of the doubt. If this is sarcasm, I agree. Totalitarian governments are bad, it doesn't matter what label you put on them. On the other hand, the holocaust thing was in bad taste... you should have been more obviously sarcastic if you want to use that reference. It's sort of like making fun of the epitaph on tombstone, you see... you can only get away with it if everyone there knew the person, understands the inside joke, and at least has a chance of seeing the humor in your insightful comment.

    15. Re:Intresting choice of words by mikosullivan · · Score: 1
      it's actually possible to have a democratic government and a communist economic model

      No, it's not, not even theoretically. The first thing Communism says is that people don't have the right to engage in business dealings amongst themselves. You are simply prohibited from the freedom of doing with your own property what you want. Right of property is one of the cornerstones of democracy.

      I agree with the historians who say that basically Marx was a crackpot with a great slogan. None of his "predictions" ever came true: the Russion Revolution wasn't even in the kind of industrialized, capitalist society that he said would be the precursor to Communism. He tapped into the general discontent and said he had the answer: that's enough for most revolutionaries.

      --
      Miko O'Sullivan
    16. Re:Intresting choice of words by RobinH · · Score: 2

      The first thing Communism says is that people don't have the right to engage in business dealings amongst themselves.

      Where does it say that you have to have business dealings to have a democracy? Democracy is about governance by the people. If the people decided, democratically, that all property is communal, then you could very well have a democratically created communist country. After all, you are probably living in a democratically created socialist country right now (see my original post).

      Right of property is one of the cornerstones of democracy.

      I don't think you know what you're talking about. "Right of property" is a cornerstone of capitalism, but it has nothing to do with democracy. Democracy is the idea that the people choose the laws of the state by majority. A democracy can make a law that makes it illegal for private citizens to own certain property (consider nuclear weapons, illicit drugs, etc.). In a purely capitalist economy/state, there would be no such laws. A democracy can also pass laws to prohibit what you can do with your property (for instance, you can't sell stocks based on insider information). In a pure capitalist economy, there would be no such law.

      PEOPLE!!! I don't know why everyone thinks I'm arguing for the virtues of communism. I am quite aware that democracy is the best system of government we have. I am also an advocate of personal privacy and freedom. All I'm trying to point out is that communism is NOT a system of government. Stalin created a dictatorship, and he created laws that tried to create a communist economy. Communism is an economic model, NOT a government. That's all I'm saying!

      --
      "I have never let my schooling interfere with my education." - Mark Twain
    17. Re:Intresting choice of words by timster · · Score: 2

      I figure, it's not really "human nature", it's really a matter of processor utilization. Deciding exactly what an economy should do - down to the detail of how many pencils the bank needs, requires a tremendous number of decisions to be made. If you centralize, that means that you have fewer people making those decisions. The truth is that it takes everyone's processing to get it all to work properly. That's what a free market does, by giving each agent a small microeconomy (their own checkbook) to perfect.

      --
      I have seen the future, and it is inconvenient.
    18. Re:Intresting choice of words by _Knots · · Score: 1

      "The problem with non-elected governments is human nature. That is, and always has been, the problem with any theory that promises utopia."

      With all due respect, nobody here, including you and me, knows the first damn thing about this mythical "human nature." We can *guess* at it, but PLEASE don't spout off like you have The Definitive Truth.

      There are things that don't vary much between cultures (like, surprise, that they're social constructions), while on the other hand, the degrees of specialization and centralization have varied much more (though not to every combination imaginable, I admit) which should lead us to question what is the 'natural' social structure, if it exists, for humans to take. May I sugguest "A Darwinian Left" (ISBN 0300083238) for a much more verbose explanation and take on things.

      --Knots

      --
      Anarchy$ dd if=/dev/random of=~/.signature bs=120 count=1
    19. Re:Intresting choice of words by AndrewRUK · · Score: 1

      Democracy is the idea that the people choose the laws of the state by majority.

      Democracy doesn't, imho, require that the laws are chosen by majority rule. In principle, there could exist a democratic society that made it's laws by consensus, which would still be rule by the people, i.e. democracy. Of course, in practice, consensus decision-making quite simply doesn't work for large groups, as it is often the case that there will be people with irreconcilable differences of opinion, or who are not willing to comprimise. But, in principle...

  8. More afraid of Socialism by selectspec · · Score: 3, Insightful

    I think Orwell was more afraid of Socialism than technology.

    --

    Someone you trust is one of us.

    1. Re:More afraid of Socialism by opiate · · Score: 1

      That's funny, because he was a socialist. He fought in the Spanish Civil War in a Trotskyist militia. Get your facts straight, righty-boy.

    2. Re:More afraid of Socialism by invckb · · Score: 5, Informative
      Actually, Orwell was a Socialist.

      Orwell was afraid of Totalitarianism, and both 1984 and Animal Farm should be viewed as a declaration against tyrants, not an endorsement of conservative values.

    3. Re:More afraid of Socialism by sys49152 · · Score: 2, Insightful

      As other's have posted Orwell was indeed railing against totalitarianism. However, that's where this article gets it wrong. The cornerstone of 1984 is not technology, per se, but information. Confusing the two is like trying to equate "Animal Farm" to "Babe". And while information may want to be free (and for the most part currently is), there are many; like the current U.S. Executive and legislative branches, the various media associations, and others who are doing their best to limit those freedoms.

    4. Re:More afraid of Socialism by njdj · · Score: 1

      That's funny, because he was a socialist.
      Thinking about his experiences caused him to change his mind, as intelligent people do. Animal Farm appeared in 1946, and 1984 appeared in 1949. In 1984, which you obviously haven't read, the totalitarian society has evolved from English Socialism.

    5. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 1

      Orwell was afraid of Totalitarianism

      Totalitarianism is Socialism. Orwell's biggest mistake was not realizing that Stalin was the greatest example of a socialist ever bred.

      Hitler was also a socialist - a "national socialist", but a socialist nonetheless.

      Socialism tends to lead to mediocrity, stagnation, bureuacracy, and inescapable controls. Whether it's being promoted by old-school Marxists or dissembling "anarchists", it will all result in your hard-earned property being taken away and given to slackers.

    6. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 2, Informative

      Change his mind? Not likely - he was too bright for that.

      "My recent novel [1984] is NOT intended as an attack on Socialism or on the British Labour Party (of which I am a supporter) but as a show-up of the perversions to which a centralized economy is liable and which have already been partly realized in communism and Fascism. I do not believe that the kind of society I describe necessarily will arrive, but I believe (allowing of course for the fact that the book is a satire) that something resembling it could arrive. I believe also that totalitarian ideas have taken root in the minds of intellectuals everywhere, and I have tried to draw these ideas out to their logical consequences." [CEJL vol. 4 p. 564]

    7. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Capitalism leads to rapacity, greed, mediocrity and escapable regulation. Whether it's being promoted by old-school conservatives or dissembling Wall Street shysters, it will all result in your hard-earned property being taken away and given to the powerful.

    8. Re:More afraid of Socialism by opiate · · Score: 1

      Nonsene.

      If you'd actually read either of these books with any sense of history or context, you'd see that both books (especially Animal Farm) are actually just fictive rewritings of Trotsky's "The Revolution Betrayed".

      But, hey, I shouldn't talk over you -- you might need to learn who Trotsky is, first.

    9. Re:More afraid of Socialism by tybalt44 · · Score: 1

      Or, if you _are_ a slacker, it will result in other people's hard-earned property being taken away from them and given to you.

      (Tybalt is always in favour of slacker-friendly systems)

    10. Re:More afraid of Socialism by DrQuine · · Score: 1

      That's funny, because he was a socialist.
      Thinking about his experiences caused him to change his mind, as intelligent people do. Animal Farm appeared in 1946, and 1984 appeared in 1949. In 1984, which you obviously haven't read, the totalitarian society has evolved from English Socialism.


      Yeah, well, it's evolved from the sort of socialism that Orwell always had a problem with--the sort that quashed and discouraged independent thought (along with any truth that didn't fit with orthodox views).

      His view that this socialism was dangerous--perhaps more dangerous than bald-faced fascism, even, though I wouldn't bet the farm on that--was a continuous presence in his mature (post-spanish-civil-war) thought. _His_ socialism was perfectly compatible with these views.

    11. Re:More afraid of Socialism by BlackGriffen · · Score: 1

      Some might claim that, but the pig who stood for Trotsky (Snowball) was, though less brutal than Napoleon (Stalin), just as elitist. Remember the bit about the apples?

      BlackGriffen

    12. Re:More afraid of Socialism by wdr1 · · Score: 2

      ...both 1984 and Animal Farm should be viewed as a declaration against tyrants, not an endorsement of conservative values.

      Books should be viewed as each reader perceives them. There is no right or wrong. You can quibble over an author's intention's, but that's a wholely different question as to how they should be perceived.

      One of the great things about books is the expression of thought, and the freedom of each reader to interpret each idea as they see fit. Look how many people can read the same book (e.g., the Bible) and come away with so many varying viewpoints on it.

      -Bill

      --
      SlashSig Karma: Excellent (mostly affected by moderatio
    13. Re:More afraid of Socialism by opiate · · Score: 1

      I'd be disappointed if Orwell didn't have a critique of Trotsky himself (god knows he needs one).

      Doesn't change the fact that his basic sympathies remained with the "animals" -- just not with the pigs (or the farmers.)

    14. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 1, Interesting

      Wrong.

      Capitalism is the only system that guarantees an individual's right to own property, regardless of whether that individual is a CEO or a worker. Government regulation, taxation, and socialist redistribution schemes are what result in people losing their property and control.

      Socialism promises everything and delivers nothing, except to the elite in control. It's an inherently unequal system, inevitably tilted toward those in power. Capitalism is an inherently equal system, where any person can hold their own and even become successful purely by hard work and merit.

    15. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      In the case of France (a Socialist country), it seems to have lead only to bureaucracy.

    16. Re:More afraid of Socialism by opiate · · Score: 0

      Umm, keep dreaming.

      Take a look at graphs worldwide caloric intake counts for the last 50 years (hint, they drop significantly, especially in the last 20 years of neo-liberal deregulation and globalization) then tell me again about your beautiful system...

    17. Re:More afraid of Socialism by opiate · · Score: 1

      What's so "socialist" about France, other than the fact that the ruling party for years called itself Socialist?

      BTW, Marx cut his teeth on the critique of Prussian and Bonapartist (French) bureaucracy in the 1840s... I believe his favoured term for the bureacracy was "social parasites."

    18. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Mod this up.

    19. Re:More afraid of Socialism by matvei · · Score: 1

      "Take a look at graphs worldwide caloric intake counts for the last 50 years (hint, they drop significantly, especially in the last 20 years of neo-liberal deregulation and globalization) then tell me again about your beautiful system..."

      The caloric intake will be HIGHER for capitalist countries. This only means that people under capitalism are generally doing far BETTER than people in communist/fundamentalist countries do.

      What was your point again? Do you suggest we should all go commie just to lose some weight? (by forcing people to stand in lines for bread just to find out there is none in the federally controlled stores)

      I haven't lived in a socialist country but a person I know has. It sure as hell isn't a "workers' paradise".

    20. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 1, Interesting

      Totalitarianism is Socialism.

      Oh, bullshit.

      Take some social science classes, moron.

      90% of the developed world including countries voted by the UN as the best places to live are Socialist.

      This includes Canada, Japan, and most of western Europe.

      Are you suggesting that these countries are all totalitarian?

      If so, you need to open up a newspaper.. (one that DOESN'T have headlines like "Three headed alien eats baby in Midwest")

    21. Re:More afraid of Socialism by opiate · · Score: 1

      You know, your abusive tone wouldn't even be justified if you weren't totally and utterly wrong. Firstly, only the United States and a few of its militarily armed-to-the-teeth, imperialist, and protectionist friends have done well economically under neo-liberalism -- and even they have had declining profitability rates since the growth periods of the 50s and 60s. The vast majority of countries that have followed the recommended World Bank/IMF path of deregulation and privatization (i.e. capitalization) have actually suffered significantly in terms of overall spending power and standard of living. Secondly, Eastern European countries weren't socialist, or communist. They were Stalinist bureaucracies ruled by a dictatorship of former (or sometimes not so former) communists with imperial ambitions.

    22. Re:More afraid of Socialism by rodgerd · · Score: 2

      Actually, the POUM were an anarchist brigade, not a Trotskyist one. But you are indeed correct that the thrust of Orwell's writing emerged from opposition to totalitarian systems, not a dislike of socialism per se. He was just as opposed to the right wing imperialism of colonial Britain and Facism (which was enthusiastically supported by the upper classes in the UK and United States well into the war).

      Homage to Catalonia remains one of the finest pieces of war writing in the English language; for those who prefer pretty pictures, Ken Loaches Land and Freedom covers similar territory from a similar point of view.

      POUM were a rebuttal, incidentally, to the notion that one's army needs to be run in a system of totalitarian obedience to authority. The anarchist brigades elected their officers and would ditch them if the lost confidence, but were one of the most effective of the anti-Facist forces in Spain, until their betrayl by the Communist-backed forces.

    23. Re:More afraid of Socialism by opiate · · Score: 1

      Actually, sorry, POUM (Partido Obrero de Unificación Marxista) were an organization that was aligned (somewhat tenuously) with the Fourth International and was composed of a variety of non-Stalinist-aligned communists, mostly Trotskyists council communists. They were aligned with the anarcho-syndicalist groups, definitely.

    24. Re:More afraid of Socialism by jjoyce · · Score: 1

      You've got a few people pointing out that you're wrong about his views on Socialism, but you're right on about technology. Compare 1984 to something like the Terminator films. Was Orwell afraid of technology? Not really. He was afraid of political extremes.

    25. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Orwell fought in the Spanish civil war on the side of the Anarchists. He was disillusioned from Communism there but he continued to be a socialist until his death. Orwells book "Homage to Catalonia" is too a great book to read.

    26. Re:More afraid of Socialism by thales · · Score: 2
      "militarily armed-to-the-teeth, imperialist, and protectionist friends have done well economically under neo-liberalism"

      This is an outstanding example of the mindless repetition of slogans replacing thought that I'm protesting with the assinine political slogan in my sig line.

      --
      Quemadmodum gladius neminem occidit, occidentis telum est
    27. Re:More afraid of Socialism by opiate · · Score: 1

      *Shrug*, you're a mindless cynic, instead.

    28. Re:More afraid of Socialism by PjotrP · · Score: 1

      Just why can't a perception be wrong? if this was true there would be no need for discussions, which is of course another expression of thought which you hold so dearly. perceptions are worth nothing and useless if they dont at least swarm around a truth. Same holds sway for 1984 and the Bible, there are limits to what could plausably be perceived from those.

      --
      PjotrP
    29. Re:More afraid of Socialism by thales · · Score: 2

      Cynicism is a philosphical school, ergo "mindless cynic" is an oxymoron, though since Orwell is the subject, perhaps "double think" would be a better term for it.

      --
      Quemadmodum gladius neminem occidit, occidentis telum est
    30. Re:More afraid of Socialism by wdr1 · · Score: 3, Insightful

      perceptions are worth nothing and useless if they dont at least swarm around a truth.

      Okay, so how do you know what is truth?

      -Bill

      --
      SlashSig Karma: Excellent (mostly affected by moderatio
    31. Re:More afraid of Socialism by PjotrP · · Score: 1

      That obviously is the hard part... But the denial there is one is no solution...

      --
      PjotrP
    32. Re:More afraid of Socialism by 88myboysherman88 · · Score: 1
      He fought for the P.O.U.M Trotskyite militia. While they (the P.O.U.M.) fought alongside the anarchists--and with the Spanish CP, they were committed socialists. As for Orwell, In the beginning, he wanted to get the hell out of the POUM and fight with the better equipped, Soviet-backed, Socialist/CP militia.

      His report from the front and his dissillusionment with the Spanish Socialists/CP make a great story, but the Coward is right, he never shyed away from the Socialist moniker, though usually insisting upon Democratic Socialist.

      A previous poster hit the nail on the head. The issue for 1984 isn't the tech, it's the info. How much footage have you seen from Afghanistan? (No, not the film of US Soldiers meandering around, but the footage of the "dead al Qaeda?") When did the news man ask,"If our forces can't tell terrorists from Canadians, how can they tell them from an Afghan farmer?" When was the last expose' on the hospitals in Iraq? Dirt eating toddlers shitting themselves to death would be big news if it was happening in Belgium.

      I better stop now, the Office Of Homeland Security is lurking. . .

    33. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Chris+Burke · · Score: 2

      Books should be viewed as each reader perceives them. There is no right or wrong. You can quibble over an author's intention's, but that's a wholely different question as to how they should be perceived.

      While it is true that individuals will interpret works differently, and the author's intention is a separate issue from perception, there most certainly is a right and wrong. Or more accurately, valid and invalid. An interpretation that is not grounded in and supported by the work itself is not a valid interpretation, and as such should be rejected.

      In short, just because there can be several conflicting interpretations that are both valid doesn't mean that there aren't any stupid interpretations.

      --

      The enemies of Democracy are
    34. Re:More afraid of Socialism by jvollmer · · Score: 2, Insightful

      Actually, Orwell was a Socialist.

      This is definitly correct.
      Anyone who doubts it should read "Aspidistra."

    35. Re: More afraid of Socialism by Black+Parrot · · Score: 2

      > Totalitarianism is Socialism.

      I suppose you're unaware that even <hatsoff>the Good Ole USA</hatsoff> is partly socialist, by any meaningful definiton of the term.

      And that's probably no coincidence: I suspect that the adoption of partial socialism is what prevented ComIntern from sweeping the west during the '30s. Indeed, it appears that the amount of socialism adopted by western democracies varies pretty much inversely with their distance from the Soviet Union.

      The smart elites, regardless of their political views, make sure they hand out enough to the poor to keep armed rebellion in check; there's no advantage in losing everything just to abide by some political philosophy.

      --
      Sheesh, evil *and* a jerk. -- Jade
    36. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Chris+Burke · · Score: 2

      Stating that cynicism being a philosophy precludes the existance of mindless followers thereof just indicates the accuracy of the term's use in this case.

      So says the cynic. :)

      --

      The enemies of Democracy are
    37. Re: More afraid of Socialism by Black+Parrot · · Score: 2

      > Socialism promises everything and delivers nothing, except to the elite in control.

      I suppose you think it's just coincidence that so many members of the US Administration are former CEOs, boardsitters, etc.? That the US Congress is increasingly populated by people who were already rich when the got into politics? (To say nothing about being richer when they get out?)

      Face it: capitalism produces ruling elites too.

      > Capitalism is an inherently equal system, where any person can hold their own and even become successful purely by hard work and merit.

      Actually, having a high-bandwidth connection to the Good Ole Boy Network will get you a lot further, a lot faster.

      Surely even you aren't so naive as to think George Bush's business and political careers have been the result of hard work and personal merit?

      (To say nothing about his military career?)

      --
      Sheesh, evil *and* a jerk. -- Jade
    38. Re:More afraid of Socialism by antirename · · Score: 1

      In other words, "I'm not attacking my pet theory on how society should be, I'm attacking the way is currently being implemented". The problem is that people are people, human nature hasn't changed recently, and unlimited power will be abused. Communism and socialism were nice theories, but they should have stayed that way. Why do you think hippie communes never worked out? Human nature intervened, plus people had the ability to leave and they DID.

    39. Re:More afraid of Socialism by CantGetAUserName · · Score: 1

      Just because somebody calls themself a socialist does not mean they are one. Socialism means trying to give everybody a fair shot. That's it. There are different ways of trying to do this, some of which (Hello, USSR) are absolutely bloody awful, but that is the basic tenet of socialism. Well, that and 'don't fuck up your neighbour'. Things like state education happen because rich people can afford to pay for fantastic education for their kids, but poor people can't. So the rich are taxed to provide something for the poor, the idea being they'll miss the money less than the poor people. And no, they didn't necessarily get poor because they are lazy\stupid\smelly. Sometimes, people are just poor, especially if the system works to keep them that way.

      --
      Semper en excreta sumus solum profundum
    40. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Jus+ad+Bellum · · Score: 1

      Totalitarianism is Socialism. Not quite, totalitarianism can be any form of gov't, and socialism is not typically totalitarianism. In fact there are varied forms of socialism, Canada can be considered a socialist nation state by the US because it has a universal health care plan...

    41. Re:More afraid of Socialism by antirename · · Score: 1

      I hate to say this again, but you have to take human nature into account when evaluating a political model. Socialism has worked to an extent (although only wedded with capitalism). Communism failed, and with the rate China's rearming we all have a chance of being affected by those death throes when they finally roll over. Yes, most of Europe is socialist, but I don't see them doing much lately. And providing money to whoever they feel sorry for at the moment doesn't count, either. I know a guy who works for a U.N. mission in Africa, he admits that they would do just as well dumping the money (yes, greenbacks by the pallet) out of helicopters as they do delivering it personally to whoever the local big man is.

    42. Re:More afraid of Socialism by thales · · Score: 2
      Actually it was an example of the modern definition of Sophistry, selecting an alternitve meaning to a phrase used by an opponent in order to discredit his argument by taking it out of context, rather than it's original meaning a school of philosphy that practiced arguing both sides of a postion as a mental exercise.

      Call it an object lesson in the central idea behind newspeak, which was controlling the definition of words is a way of limiting the thought process to terms you consider correct.

      --
      Quemadmodum gladius neminem occidit, occidentis telum est
    43. Re:More afraid of Socialism by thales · · Score: 2
      Orwell's understanding of the nature of Statism shown in 1984, and his belief of a Statist system like Socalism only shows that realizing that doublethink exists does not make you immune to practicing it.

      --
      Quemadmodum gladius neminem occidit, occidentis telum est
    44. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      whatever dude, I choose to be free and do what I want. and that definitely discounts socialism.

    45. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Zeinfeld · · Score: 2
      In other words, "I'm not attacking my pet theory on how society should be, I'm attacking the way is currently being implemented". The problem is that people are people,

      No, Orwell knew the difference between Socialism and Communism

      Republicans don't really like it when they are called facists, even though many of the GOP establishment are hard core racists (Thurmond, Helms) and several are at the least fellow travellers (Barr, De Lay, Lott have all spoken to racist organizations in the past 10 years).

      However even though they think that equating the Republican party which tollerates racists with fascism is considered gutter politics, they do not think it wrong to equate socialism and communism. This even though of the only two remaining allies that the US has left under Bush, one (the UK) is governed by a socialist party and the other by a national government where the socialist party is the second largest group.

      But then again such hypocrisy is what we have come to expect from a party that spent eight years investigating Clinton and then nominated a candidate who was known at the time to have had shady share dealings and was involved in an even shadier stadium deal.

      So if you don't want use to call libertarians and Republicans fascists, don't call socialists communists. It is a cheap smear.

      --
      Looking for an Information Security student project suggestion?
      Try http://dotcrimeManifesto.com/
    46. Re:More afraid of Socialism by trotski · · Score: 1

      This includes Canada, Japan, and most of western Europe. Depends what your calling socialist. Where do you draw the line between a capitalist country and a socialist country? I mean by comparison, these countries are more socialist than the US, but certainly aren't Cuba or North Korea, are they?

      --

      "Entropy is the bad-guy, and he is everywhere"
    47. Re: More afraid of Socialism by brsett · · Score: 1

      Of course not, but I'm not so foolish as to think Congress is made up of Bushes. For every priveledged country club guy in congress, there are 10 Traficants, Waterses, Rangels, Ballengers, Condits etc. They're all corrupt, don't get me wrong, but they come from the same place as me. The problem with corruption, is that it doesn't discriminate based on race or background. Its payola and power only.

    48. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Shadowin · · Score: 1

      Yes, most of Europe is socialist, but I don't see them doing much lately.

      Perhaps you should actually start reading news besides what's fed to you in the States?

    49. Re:More afraid of Socialism by GileadGreene · · Score: 1
      Socialism means trying to give everybody a fair shot.

      Uh... no.

      Capitalism means trying to give everyone a fair shot (I mean real capitalism, not the bureaucratically entangled, over-regulated, politically corrupt system they call capitalism in the US).

      Socialism means trying to give everyone an equal outcome. Which is a different animal entirely. To give everyone an equal outcome you either need to lift the under-achievers up, or keep the over-achievers down. As it turns out, the latter is far easier than the former, and tends to get pretty healthy support from the under-achieving masses as well. But it doesn't do good things to your country in the long run...

    50. Re:More afraid of Socialism by JoeBlows · · Score: 1

      just so you know, artists and writers sometimes have very diffrent intentions when creating, but the finished product might send many more messages than were intended.

      --
      True capitalism = lots of similar companies = jobs for everyone who wants one.
    51. Re:More afraid of Socialism by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0
      Stick your fist in Steve Jobs's ass.

      Twist it. Twist it good.

      Bitch slap that Jobs. He is a bitch she woman.

      Break his itty bitty faggot glasses in half.

      Stick them up his rectum.

      Bitch slap that woman named Jobs.

      Make him bark like a dog. Bitch.

    52. Re:More afraid of Socialism by jpmorgan · · Score: 1

      Very correct, Orwell WAS a socialist and a communist.

      Then he saw the system at work in Soviet Russia, and changed his mind. Animal Farm is very much a commentary on the rise of the communism and its eventual corruption in Soviet Russia.

      Remember, the truely intelligent are smart enough to know when they are wrong.

    53. Re: More afraid of Socialism by asreal · · Score: 1
      You mean millionaire FDR was only trying to prevent revolution during the depression? He wasn't creating the New Deal out of the goodness of his heart?

      My picture of him is now completely shattered.

      Grin.

    54. Re:More afraid of Socialism by British+Pedant · · Score: 1

      Socialism isn't about giving everyone an equal outcome, it's about giving everyone a *reasonable* outcome, which is a different animal again.

      Trying to give everyone an equal outcome is flawed in exactly the way you describe -- it leads to reducing everyone to the lowest common denominator. Trying to give everyone a fair shot is equally flawed, though -- people vary, and is it fair to make them suffer poverty because they don't meet a certain standard in whichever criteria are required to succeed in their society?

      So, instead you define a comfortable minimum living standard and try to ensure everyone is at that level. If some people do well for themselves and have an even more comfortable life, well good for them! Provided everyone has a 'good' life, where's the problem?

      (Disclaimer: yes, this policy also has flaws, the most notable being that it'd probably increase the number of 'slackers', leading to deleterious economic effects. Show me a political philosophy that doesn't have flaws and takes us as close to an utopia as possible. Please. No, really, please do... in the meantime, it seems to me that one's (informed) choice of political philosophy is largely contingent on which flaws you deem acceptable, and which you consider unthinkable.)

    55. Re:More afraid of Socialism by bitchazz · · Score: 1

      >This includes Canada, Japan, and most of western Europe. Depends what your calling socialist. Where do you draw the line between a capitalist country and a >socialist country? I mean by comparison, these countries are more socialist than the US, but certainly aren't Cuba or North Korea, are they?

      Cuba and North Korea are not socialist. They are classicly Communist. Not a too subtle difference, you know.

  9. bias? by quinine · · Score: 2, Insightful

    Oh, hey, what a freakin' surprise!

    "New Institute of Technology finding: Technology is Good"

  10. 1984 was a work of fiction. by duckpoopy · · Score: 1

    Sorry to ruin everyone's paranoid, delusional fantasies. The next time somebody uses 1984 in an argument about our eroding rights and privacy please remind them of this.

    --
    word.
    1. Re:1984 was a work of fiction. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Too bad the fairytale is coming true.

    2. Re:1984 was a work of fiction. by CrazyDuke · · Score: 1

      1984 was a work of fiction designed to warn people of its possibility of becoming a reality. If I remember correctly, the term is speculative fiction. Literature is not just for entertainment.

      Even if it was not exaclty correct. That was not the point. The point was to watch ourselves so that we do not end up in a similiar <a href="http://www.dictionary.com/search?q=dystopia& r=2">dystopia</a>.

      --
      Any sufficiently advanced influence is indistinguishable from control.
    3. Re:1984 was a work of fiction. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      So was Animal Farm.

    4. Re:1984 was a work of fiction. by flewp · · Score: 2

      Sorry to ruin your holier than thou attitude, but despite being a work of fiction, it is very relevant.

      Lets see here, one person (or governing body) demanding more control. Cameras being installed on the streets. Stripping away our rights for our "protection". Wanting to be able to track the populace. Trying to reduce our ability to arm ourselves. Labelling those who go against the norm terrorists/a threat to the state.
      So, what's your big problem? Or do you just not care? Or are you just unwilling to heed the warnings of a fictitious book, because if it's ficticious, it couldn't possibly ever happen?

      Rocket ships sending people to the moon were written in the early 1900's. We went to the moon, didn't we? Now, realise this: I'm not saying that it is going to be true, or that because someone writes it years earlier, it will happen. What I am saying is, the warning signs are there for a society such as described in his books.

      --
      WWJD.... for a Klondike bar?
    5. Re:1984 was a work of fiction. by Opie812 · · Score: 0

      As of 2002 it's a work of fiction, but in 2084 will it be. If we don't ensure that privacy rights aren't slowly eroded now, it very well could be by then.

      --
      I'm not a nerd. Nerds are smart.
    6. Re:1984 was a work of fiction. by duckpoopy · · Score: 1

      There is some small loss of privacy associated with living in any society. Have you ever lived with roomates? You are free to move to an isolated cabin in the woods of West Virginia and live without electricity, television, driver license, or whatever other innovation you may fear. I'm just not uncomfortable with the level privacy I have now. Of course, I'm not doing anything illegal either, so I don't care who sees what I'm doing.

      --
      word.
    7. Re:1984 was a work of fiction. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      ......seriously. Stupid hippies.

    8. Re:1984 was a work of fiction. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      yeah right! umm, speaking of paranoid maybe you should go read this...
      http://www.washingtontimes.com/national/2 0020716-7 5882632.htm
      hopefully you`ll wake from your own delusion.

    9. Re:1984 was a work of fiction. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Even if you live in the forrest or not you still have to pay taxes to a society that you don't support if that would happen to be the case.
      A smaller society will in terms of privacy perhaps not be a better one to live in, as in your roomate example. It might however have a somewhat good effect on your ability to tolerate people of different values and oppinions though. Some crimes will also be reduced to to the lack of anonymity (not privacy) such as you'll know that it was your roomate that stole your wallet hidden under your bed since he was the only one knowing about it. That would probably discourage him from stealing it.
      However, if you as a man like dressing up as a woman and your roomate finds this totally unacceptable although you are not doing anytning "illegal" he will probably split tour two-men society in two OR you'll have to come up with rules to govern your society to keep the majority happy
      (perhaps not a good example with only two individuals...)
      Hopefully no laws or rules will be needed since he knows you and thinks that you are a fairly nice guy although you have some interests he finds odd he might tolerate you anyway.

      But what will you do if your roomate don't see the need to wait in line after you, he simply don't believe in queus.
      Maybe he thinks that he should be allowed to smoke inside since it is not his problem that you have astma? Theese are signs of disrespect although no "laws" have been broken. In a huge society he is likely to go on disrespecting everyone but in a small society as in the roomate example he'll probably respect you and smoke outside.

      My points are:
      Just because there isn't a law against something doesnt make it right.
      Anonymity is not always a good thing.
      Why should privacy be respected? I dont do anything illegal but I still don't want everyone to know the size of my penis....

    10. Re:1984 was a work of fiction. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Waldoes were a work of fiction (you know, those remote "hands" that are used when it is too dangerous for a real human to be in an area), waterbeds were also a work of fiction (both attributable to A.C. Clark).

      Just because an idea starts as fiction does not mean it can't become a reality.

      Don't discount the concerns voiced in 1984 just because you think fiction has no impact in the "real world".

      Michael

      P.S. - just because I'm paranoid, it doesn't mean they AREN'T out to get me!

  11. 2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Mr.+Buckaroo · · Score: 5, Insightful

    So between:
    Facial profiling
    Universal Id's
    Echelon systems
    Wiretaps that don't require court orders
    Carnavore systems

    We don't have an increasing trend of monitoring technology?

    With almost all forms of communication going digital we don't have increasingly easy monitoring?

    With the war on terrorism we don't have justification for increased monitoring?

    What about all the cameras we now have all over Britain and increasingly in other metro areas?

    We definitely are increasingly having Orwell's big brother/sister. I'd say the distinction is that society is welcoming/asking for it.

    1. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by alwaldauer · · Score: 1

      You're missing the point. In 1984 all of those monitoring devices were hidden from the public. The TVs watched people in their houses, but people were never officially told about it. Because of the internet, information about the likes of carnivore have gotten out to the public, and should its use become so prevalent as to piss off the general public, the internet can serve as grounds for people to gather and protest. In the end we live in a democratic republic and if something pisses enough people off, the people's votes will reflect that. Technology allows the information to be freely expressed so that bad things will be able to piss off the public and not be kept secret.

    2. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Yohahn · · Score: 5, Interesting

      Exactally.

      The only mistake that orwell seemed to make was the timeline, and accounting for biotech. (how long untill genetic profiling?)

      between TIPS (aka "The Party".. are you a member?)
      DRM and the olagopoly of companies now being allowed to own the media, we are well on our way to being told "the big lie"

      DRM requires no copying of digital media without permission. And soon we will be required to have all digital broadcast media.

      Perhaps he should have also been more afraid of the private sector than the coporate sector.

      We're ending up with the MAX HEADROOM future instead of the 1984 one.

    3. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Citizen+of+Earth · · Score: 1

      We definitely are increasingly having Orwell's big brother/sister. I'd say the distinction is that society is welcoming/asking for it.

      Did Orwell ever mention how Big Brother came into existence in his book?

      "We are at war with terrorists. We have always been at war with terrorists."

    4. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by CarrionBird · · Score: 1
      It may not have been officialy stated, but the people (at least the party members, and they weren't as worried about the proles ;-/) knew what the deal was.

      They knew not to say anything when they're coworkers vanished. They knew not to do things like keep diaries, or stay out of sight for too long. They may not have known all that was happening, but they knew what crimethink was asn what happened when someone stood out too much.

      Also note that the votes no longer seem to reflect peoples feelin on issues. The majority of people will vote for whoever thier party/religous/social leader tell them to vote for. After all, who wants to throw thier vote away? (note sarcasm in last sentence)
      --
      Free Mac Mini Yeah, it's
    5. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Yohahn · · Score: 2

      This assumes that the internet is going to be non-vulnerable.

      As is pointed out here the policy makers are remaking the rules by changing the protocols and the equipment.

      Become active (however you can) or loose your rights.

    6. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by coolfrood · · Score: 1

      > You're missing the point.

      Are we? No matter how much people get pissed off, Big Brother can always justify it as "It is for your own good." Is there any one single thing that you can do, without it being recorded anywhere? How many times do you know where a camera is watching you? Do you see signs on the road that point out the camera to you?

    7. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Did Orwell ever mention how Big Brother came into existence in his book?

      Not explicitly, but I think it's actually quite clear to the discerning reader. You see, sometimes, when a Big Daddy and a Big Mommy love each other very very much...

    8. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by sckeener · · Score: 2

      You've sort of got it right. All of our monitoring technologies are being used by government directed by special interest groups. What we are facing is a democracy of one group mind. Any deviant will bare the full force of monitoring technology.

      So what is deviant? Deviant is anything that the majority or an influencial party considers deviant. Want to hack CSS in another country where it is legal? I'd be afraid of the long arm of the US government (oops that should probably read MPAA governemt.) I'd also be afraid if PETA ever gets some influence. Imagine spyware catching you wearing leather!

      --
      "Only one thing, is impossible for god: to find any sense in any copyright law on the planet." Mark Twain
    9. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by e40 · · Score: 2

      and how many more terrorists attacks will it take to tip things even further toward the 1984 vision?

      Personally, I think it won't take many. For example, a well coordinated attack in the US that hit many cities at the same time, even if there were not many fatalities, would give the congress a free hand to make laws to "ferret out the terrorists". Then, it is only a matter of time befor these laws targeted at terrorists are used against us. You see, when the checks and balances on power (eg, court orders for wire taps, etc) are removed, there will be corruption. The only question is how much and how bad.

    10. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Become active (however you can) or loose your rights.

      I actively protest your spelling of lose.

    11. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Yohahn · · Score: 1

      hehe.. language evolves.. if enough of us decide that it needs the second o, it will.

    12. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by carlos_benj · · Score: 1

      What if the public outrage doesn't come because the bulk of them don't understand enough about technology to be alarmed and the governmental spin has convinced them that it is in the interest of public safety that these things are being done. Most Americans don't have a clue as to what protections exist in the Bill of Rights. To the vast majority, life liberty and the pursuit of happiness are in there right next to freedom of speech and that's all there is (except for their Miranda rights which most have memorized from watching COPS, crime dramas or personal experience).

      --

      --

      As a matter of fact, I am a lawyer. But I play an actor on TV.

    13. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Yohahn · · Score: 2

      Correction... afraid of the private sector than the public sector. Although really it seems the govt and business have teamed up against the people.

      Hrm...

    14. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by cDarwin · · Score: 1
      The only mistake that orwell seemed to make was the timeline, and accounting for biotech. (how long untill genetic profiling?)
      And the fact that the threat comes not from the left, but from the right.
      --

      --
      Socrates was asked where he was from. He replied not "Athens," but "The world."

    15. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Planesdragon · · Score: 2

      We definitely are increasingly having Orwell's big brother/sister. I'd say the distinction is that society is welcoming/asking for it.

      You don't get it.

      Orwell predicted that the fall of privacy would lead to one great power ruling over everyone. But with privacy gone, and the dirty laundry of *everyone* in public, it's going to be well nigh impossible to become the "one trusted source."

      I don't care if the police watch my every move, track my footsteps, and know what I have for breakfast. I don't care if *you* can find that out just as easily as they can. Because if the system reaches its logical fullness, I'll never be able to be accused of a crime I didn't do (multiple redundant information gathering sources would ensure that), and I would never be afraid to walk down an alleyway; I could just *check* to see if anyone's lurking down there without looking.

      The problem is the inevitable half-assed implementation. *sigh*. It's going to happen--can we just stop wasting time trying to *fight* it, and spend some energy on doing it *right?*

    16. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by cDarwin · · Score: 1

      I remember when we saw this coming back in the eighties. We used to talk about it over beer, etc. But, that was all just idle chatter. Hard to believe it's actually happening.

      --

      --
      Socrates was asked where he was from. He replied not "Athens," but "The world."

    17. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by gillbates · · Score: 2, Troll

      His novel 1984, written in 1948, contained the foremost prophecy of the cold war: that technological advancement would render Stalinism unstoppable, with individual liberty the inevitable casualty. However, when the technologies that would enable this totalitarian global village reached fruition, the victim was not democracy, but totalitarianism itself. What went right?

      Democracy is the new totalitarianism. I don't think that Orwell could have imagined a more evil state than that of the United States. No other administration to date has come as close to Orwell's Ministry of Love as the current one. In fact, John Ashcroft unwittingly quoted 1984 when he said in a press release "we have made measurable progress toward end of the war." The irony could not get any better!

      --
      The society for a thought-free internet welcomes you.
    18. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by 4of12 · · Score: 2

      (how long untill genetic profiling?)

      Future society probably won't have much need of diagnostic profiling for people. Instead, new prescriptive genetics will be all the rage.

      If current trends (selective abortion after amniotic fluid tests for abnormalities like improper gender; people taking hormones and steriods) are any indication, the future will be populated uniformly by individuals looking a lot like recent celebrities and athletes.

      And, like another poster has already mentioned, the people will choose to exercise their rights to modify their children's genetic make-up, even if those parents have displayed ample evidence at botching other choices...

      There'll probably even be a few wacko parents that will want centaurs for children as well as daughters that grow up with four breasts. If you think people inherit defective genes and poor personality nurturing from their parents these days, wait until the parents have even more say in the choice - it'll be worse.

      --
      "Provided by the management for your protection."
    19. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by gilroy · · Score: 2
      Blockquoth the poster:
      *sigh*. It's going to happen--can we just stop wasting time trying to *fight* it, and spend some energy on doing it *right?*
      I've begun to feel that fighting for privacy in the digital age is chasing a chimera. What we need to insist on -- now, strongly, and forever -- is transparency. I want to know who is watching me and what they do with the info. If everyone can keep tabs on everyone else, threat of mutual assured destruction might eke out a livable space for privacy.

      Or, to put it more pointedly, how many police stations are under video surveillance? And why not?

    20. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by gilroy · · Score: 2
      Blockquoth the poster:
      You see, when the checks and balances on power (eg, court orders for wire taps, etc) are removed, there will be corruption. The only question is how much and how bad.
      No, the only question is, how soon?
    21. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Opie812 · · Score: 0

      I thought 'Exactally' had been offically removed from the language.

      --
      I'm not a nerd. Nerds are smart.
    22. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by antirename · · Score: 1

      It's not just the policy makers you have to be concerned about. Private companies and the lawyers are worth worrying about too. Which private company announced that their network monitoring system could detect Peek-a-booty? What was their reason/excuse? A company could get sued because they didn't know what their network was being used for. I'm all for capitalism and the American way, but lawyers will always piss me off :) When in doubt, hire a mean one who swears a lot when on the phone with prosecuters. That way, you at least know he's sincere.

    23. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by antirename · · Score: 1

      I don't think that they teamed up... it's more that big business would rather have consumers than customers, and would like government to protect them. Politicians running for office want money, and if you think there's no payback you're naive. It's more of a symbiotic relationship than a partnership... maybe, along with getting rid of soft money, we should make it illegal for lawyers to hold office. Never happen, I know, but think of the possibilities...

    24. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by antirename · · Score: 1

      Deviant is saying anything far right wing on Slashdot. So I avoid that. Not because I'll get modded down, just in hopes that others will at least get to see and read between the lines. I'm not railing against group-think, by the way, that's part of the reason I hang out here. Other people more or less think the way I do about technology and it's application. But the side effects are at least worth considering, don't you think?

    25. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Chris+Burke · · Score: 2

      That's not true. It was well known that the TVs watched. If it was a secret, or meant to be a secret, the woman on the TV wouldn't shout at you, personally, that you aren't doing your calisthenics with enough enthusiasm. That'd be rather a dead giveaway, don't you think?

      Secondly, most people still get their information from mainstream media. As more webhosts -- particularly free ones -- go under and more liability is placed on them for their content, you should not be so sure that the internet won't become nothing more than another controlled media outlet.

      More depressing is the fact that much of the information is out there currently but no one knows about it, or doesn't believe it. *sigh*

      --

      The enemies of Democracy are
    26. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by ebyrob · · Score: 2

      The irony could not get any better!

      I Particularly appreciate a headline sharing the page with this one on the MIT site called "When Patenting Works". This little ditty celebrates the fact a company called Intergraph was able to wipe the courtroom floor with Intel using "possibly invalid" patent claims.

      Somehow I think these MIT guys are just missing the point...

    27. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by doktr+thunder · · Score: 1

      exactly..... democracy does not imply freedom as this article implies democracy means the people believe that they are free 1984 is happening...... 1. War is Peace(endless war on terrorism, maintains endless public support) 2. Freedom is Slavery(americans are taught and force fed "America is the best" "america is freedom" from their birth, most CANNOT get themselves to think anything contrary(doublethink)) 3. Ignorance is Strength(mass media reports only from popular american and government perspective, and most americans ONLY know this POV, americans feel that they have the ability to check up on their democratic government therefore they don't have to)

    28. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Luyseyal · · Score: 2

      That's a good idea. That way, only MBAs will ever hold office. ;)

      -l

      --
      Help cure AIDS, cancer, and more. Donate your unused computer time to worldcommunitygrid.org. Join Team Slashdot!
    29. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Luyseyal · · Score: 2

      I'm not sure your claim makes much sense though... once you go far enough left or right, the result is the same. My take on the extreme positions:

      Left: Eventually, all property and planning is coalesced into one central government run by a few powerful individuals.

      Right: Eventually, all property and planning is coalesced into one central monopoly run by a few powerful individuals.

      Since the problem is the concentration of power under a few individuals, it doesn't matter what the label for it is. This is why I view my relatively libertarian (lowercase L) position as a moderate one: I reject all gross concentrations of unelected power, left or right, governmental or corporate.

      -l

      --
      Help cure AIDS, cancer, and more. Donate your unused computer time to worldcommunitygrid.org. Join Team Slashdot!
    30. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Evolve your language.. expand your brain! :)

    31. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by BorgCopyeditor · · Score: 1
      With the war on terrorism we don't have justification for increased monitoring?

      You misspelled "pretext."

      BCE
      --Your punctuation skills are insufficient!

      --
      Shop as usual. And avoid panic buying.
    32. Re:2008 headline - MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      The only mistake that orwell seemed to make was the timeline

      It's always been my understanding that Orwell wasn't attempting to write futuristic fiction, rather a warning to people of his time (ie 1948->1984). He wasn't a big fan of facism, and I've read some articles to the effect that it was a major factor in helping privacy rights at the time. One of my housemates is pretty much thourougly apolitical, but he's read 1984 (he calls it the scariest book he ever read) and he does get uptight about privacy stuff (sometimes, anyway).

  12. Radio on a chip?? by freeweed · · Score: 3, Interesting

    Rather vanilla article, pretty much just a re-hash about what's been said about 1984 over the past 2 decades.

    Hidden near the end, for those that can't/won't read the article:

    Radios have become so inexpensive that Intel is now planning to engrave a miniature one on the corner of every silicon microchip, at no extra cost.

    It links to a subscriber-only article, so there really aren't any further details. Hell, I think something like this deserves a Slashdot story all to itself! This has gotta be the coolest hack I've heard all year.

    --
    Endless arguments over trivial contradictions in books written by ignorant savages to explain thunder in the dark.
    1. Re:Radio on a chip?? by saider · · Score: 1

      I saw that too and am waiting for the "MS is going to transmit all of your personal information over the radio" rants to begin.

      I have a feeling that it is a simple AM/FM radio, but what do I know.

      --


      Remember, You are unique...just like everyone else.
    2. Re:Radio on a chip?? by srmalloy · · Score: 1

      Start with a radio on a chip, add a small circuit to hardwire a chip ID and broadcast it on demand, and you've got a built-in mechanism for locating every piece of hardware with an Intel chip.

    3. Re:Radio on a chip?? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Luckily you can defeat this by enclosing yourself in a metal box. Pasting tinfoil all over your windows should do it. Use any leftovers to make yourself a hat.

    4. Re:Radio on a chip?? by PaxTech · · Score: 1

      Yeah, and then if the chip cries out to Intel that it's being overclocked they can send you a bill for the extra MHz!!

      --
      All movements for social change begin as missions, evolve into businesses, and end up as rackets.
    5. Re:Radio on a chip?? by freeweed · · Score: 2

      Damn funny, as the comment immediately below yours pretty much said it verbatim, except not MS :)

      --
      Endless arguments over trivial contradictions in books written by ignorant savages to explain thunder in the dark.
    6. Re:Radio on a chip?? by rnturn · · Score: 2

      Oh, please, please, Intel, have it broadcast this using a clip of Vincent Price from the end of the original `The Fly': `Help me! Help me!'

      --
      CUR ALLOC 20195.....5804M
    7. Re:Radio on a chip?? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      does that mean the 10th caller is pre-screened, and Athlon users rejected?!?!? :p

    8. Re:Radio on a chip?? by roofingfelt · · Score: 1
      Radios have become so inexpensive that Intel is now planning to engrave a miniature one on the corner of every silicon microchip, at no extra cost.

      Or should that have been:

      Microchips have become so inexpensive that Intel is now planning to implant a miniature one in the forehead of every person, at no extra cost.

    9. Re:Radio on a chip?? by mcrbids · · Score: 2
      I found this interesting as well!

      For more details on this, try this url at Technology Review.

      --
      I have no problem with your religion until you decide it's reason to deprive others of the truth.
  13. absolutely wrong by dpille · · Score: 1

    If nothing else, it's a little early to have this verdict, particularly given the US's disappointment that we weren't vigilant enough with the technology already in place to stop terrorist attacks. If I believed the article, I guess I'd find it comforting that all my police-state-growth fears here are apparently unwarranted because technology will save me.

  14. Wrong? by NiGHTSFTP · · Score: 1

    Wrong isn't exactly the word.

    It's still a matter of time.

    Just looking at your previous story "Crypto Restrictions Are Taking Over the World" I would think that he is becoming less "wrong" every day.

    --
    http://www.angryburrito.com/ The best, completely unfinished software review site ever.
  15. Interesting, but . . . by StefanJ · · Score: 5, Funny

    [Redacted by Homeland Security Autofilter]

    1. Re:Interesting, but . . . by un4given · · Score: 1

      s/Homeland Security Autofilter/Lameness Filter/

    2. Re:Interesting, but . . . by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      s/un4given/personwithsenseofhumor/

    3. Re:Interesting, but . . . by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      ZZ

  16. Orwell's impact is why 1984 didn't come true by IvyMike · · Score: 2

    A big part of the reason that Orwell's 1984 didn't come true is because we had Orwell to warn us. I can't think of any other book which has had such impact on freedom and human rights in this century.

    1. Re:Orwell's impact is why 1984 didn't come true by DrVxD · · Score: 3, Insightful

      > I can't think of any other book which has had such impact on freedom and human rights in this century

      Mein Kampf, perhaps? Maybe not the effects of the book itself, but the effects of the horrors arising from its "teachings" have had a huge impact.

      (And what's the betting that somebody mods this down because they didn't read that scentence correctly?)

      --
      Not everything that can be measured matters; Not everything that matters can be measured.
    2. Re:Orwell's impact is why 1984 didn't come true by sweetooth · · Score: 2

      Exactly, if Orwell hadn't written his book, we very well might have seen Orwells vision earlier. 1984 scared some people, and it made some more vigilant. However, if you look at the way things are going all 1984 has done is gotten us a bit past that actual year, but that's still the direction we are headed. It's just takeing longer because people are aware of the idea and not everyone likes it.

      I dunno if that made sense, maybe I should go back to eating my lunch now so my blood sugar goes back to normal before posting any more ;)

    3. Re:Orwell's impact is why 1984 didn't come true by realdpk · · Score: 3, Funny

      This is still something that would have been predicted by psychohistory - the release of the book and the delay it would create in the inevitability.

      er, I've been reading too many books.

    4. Re:Orwell's impact is why 1984 didn't come true by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Mein Kampf wasn't all that influential. It was the ranting and raving radio broadcasts of a mysteriously charasmatic nutcase to a country that was falling apart at the seams after the first World War.

    5. Re:Orwell's impact is why 1984 didn't come true by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Bullshit. 1984 is nothing more than Orwell being Mr. Chicken Little. It's an accidentally famous book (as most everything "famous" is). But to think that any group or government or society was changed in any way because of it is to be living in ones own little utopia.

      I've got my anti-tiger pants on! Do you see any tigers around here? See, it's working!

    6. Re:Orwell's impact is why 1984 didn't come true by jvg-jr · · Score: 1

      except maybe the Holy Bible and Jehovah's Witnesses, especially freedom of religion

    7. Re:Orwell's impact is why 1984 didn't come true by Cybrr · · Score: 1

      How about The Bible? I'm sure a lot more Americans are familiar with it than Mein Kampf.

      --
      Why did GEAR crush RDP?
    8. Re:Orwell's impact is why 1984 didn't come true by Cybrr · · Score: 1

      D'oh. I read "country" instead of "century" >.

      --
      Why did GEAR crush RDP?
    9. Re:Orwell's impact is why 1984 didn't come true by DrVxD · · Score: 2

      > I'm sure a lot more Americans are familiar with it than Mein Kampf.
      That's probably true - but the comment was about *impact on freedom and human rights*, not familiarity. Oh, and there are countries other than America which have had human rights/freedom issues. I'd still argue (not particularly strenously) that Mein Kampf has had a bigger impact on freedom and human rights that the bible (largely because of all the nasty things that happened 50 years ago as a consequence of MK)

      --
      Not everything that can be measured matters; Not everything that matters can be measured.
    10. Re:Orwell's impact is why 1984 didn't come true by DrVxD · · Score: 2

      In that case, you may delete the second sentence of my response :D

      --
      Not everything that can be measured matters; Not everything that matters can be measured.
  17. These guys must have read 1984 by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 4, Insightful

    They did not use technology to make totalitarianism unstoppable, they did it through doublethink. You imprisoned yourself. In fact they never killed anyone who did not wish to be killed for the crimes they did against the state.

    The whole idea of doublethink and the ability to hold 2 contradictory ideas at once as truth is a powerful tool of control. It requires zero technology. The MIT guys totally missed the boat. In the end if you remember Smith wished to die for his sins.

    I wish I could say our society was doublethink free, sadly everyday I see more evidence of its growing existence. Orwell may have been off a few decades, but he was right on the ball.

    1. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      self enslavement? Come on people would not ask to be monitored for their own good. People would not beg to be given filtered news. What are you talking about?

    2. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Citizen+of+Earth · · Score: 2

      The whole idea of doublethink and the ability to hold 2 contradictory ideas at once as truth is a powerful tool of control.

      This tool has been around for as long as there has been organized religion.

    3. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      "But it was alright, everything was alright, the struggle was finished. He had won victory over himself. He loved Big Brother."

      - This thought occurred as a bullet is passing through Wilson's head. I will never forget this.

    4. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by naasking · · Score: 1

      self enslavement? Come on people would not ask to be monitored for their own good. People would not beg to be given filtered news. What are you talking about?

      Have you looked around you lately? You really think the media is unbiased? You think people care? We're already there.

    5. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by PineHall · · Score: 2
      The whole idea of doublethink and the ability to hold 2 contradictory ideas at once as truth is a powerful tool of control.

      This is what is scary about post-modernism. People under the influence of post-modernism see nothing wrong with holding 2 contradictory ideas as true. This opens them up for control. Doublethink is growing stronger everyday because of post-modern thinking. Some country or corporation can use this to control the people under its sway.

    6. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Um, the guy was being sarcastic!

    7. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by rodgerd · · Score: 3, Insightful

      Kind of like having a war against terror to defend freedoms, while declaring an intent to apply a religious test to offices of the judiciary?

    8. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Ashtangi · · Score: 2, Insightful
      I think he was only off by 18 years. My radio this morning was talking of a Gov't initiative that would encourage Cable installers, Postal Workers, Utility workers, etc. to report any "unusual findings" to the police/FBI for leads. WTFO. So now when I tell the Cable guy to take a hike, he gets mad and tells the FBI that something about me and/or my house looked wrong. The FBI does periodic searches and no longer has to tell me about them, and eventually finds a bit of pot. I get hauled off to prison for life for supporting terrorism (just like the TV commercials kids!) and do not get any legal rights because it is a national security matter. Perhaps they would not abuse this power this way.

      But if I was a political activist, and very vocal in disapproval of gov't policy, then the FBI would have incentive to abuse the power. How corrupt are our leaders? Cheney looks like he is so corroded that if he cleaned up there'd be nothing left. We've got some pretty good congress persons, but also some really slimey ones. And the media has a stranglehold on political information so the two parties control elections completely.

      Who says we are not already living under a totalitarian rule? (this is not a troll, and if someone can demonstrate another view point, please do) A democracy where you only get to pick the decision maker, but can't effect any direction afterwords (unless you are a rich corporation), where the individual vote is a mere symbol and does not directly elect the winner, where you only hear anything about two candidates out of eight or more, and where those two candidates simply lie about their intentions. What would you call this kind of democracy?

    9. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by trapvector · · Score: 1

      The whole idea of doublethink and the ability to hold 2 contradictory ideas at once as truth is a powerful tool of control. It requires zero technology. The MIT guys totally missed the boat. In the end if you remember Smith wished to die for his sins.

      In other news, John Walker Lindh pleads guilty to aiding and abetting terrorists...

    10. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Neil+Watson · · Score: 2

      Is all this reminding anyone of the great communist hunts of the 50s and 60s?

    11. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Opie812 · · Score: 0

      self enslavement
      I read this as I sit in my cubicle all day. Every day.

      --
      I'm not a nerd. Nerds are smart.
    12. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Opie812 · · Score: 0

      ya, you're right.

      --
      I'm not a nerd. Nerds are smart.
    13. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by mav[LAG] · · Score: 2
      Don't confine doublethink like that - it applies just about everywhere:
      • believing that the masses must prevail while wanting government to be ruled by an intellectual elite
      • abhoring violence but supporting a just war
      • pro-death penalty but anti-abortion
      • the MPAA are evil but Lord of the Rings is cool
      • the RIAA are evil but that new Goggly Googols album kicks ass!
      • trusting the media until they report on your area of expertise
      We all do it. I have held and still hold some of these views simultaneously. I think it's related to thinking in general: in the past, people knew when something was correct or proven and were willing to change their behaviours as a result of a pure line of thought. This trait has all but disappeared in the last 50 years.
      --
      --- Hot Shot City is particularly good.
    14. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by bigsexyjoe · · Score: 1

      Look at this link. People can want slavery.

    15. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by gmhowell · · Score: 2

      YHBT. YHL. HAND.

      --
      Jesus was all right but his disciples were thick and ordinary. -John Lennon
    16. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Score: 3, Blatant Lie

    17. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by 0WaitState · · Score: 1

      Actually, today we refer to doublethink as "cognitive dissonance." eg.

      All Congresscritters are slimy, bought, and corrupt, but my district's guy is ok.

      We can bomb other countries via remote control without creating new generations of vengeful survivors.

      I can buy this massively overpriced stock because Wall Street wouldn't be touting it if it wasn't good.

      I support Republicans because they're more fiscally responsible and support smaller government. (never mind the tax cuts, the deregulation of industries designed to maneuver the fed. gov. into holding the bag when the industry implodes, creation of whole new beaurocracies to fend off a few thousand terrorists)

      Social policy that favors the rich at the expense of the middle class is good, because, hey, I might be rich someday.

      --

      Remain calm! All is well!
    18. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Analog+Penguin · · Score: 1

      I thought the bullet was figurative?

    19. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by guttentag · · Score: 2
      Read Gore Vidal's The end of liberty. Vanity Fair commissioned a piece from him shortly before 9/11, and when he sent them this they refused to publish it.

      He doesn't talk about technology specifically, but he makes some interesting observations about what 9/11 has done to accelerate our progression toward a 1984-like totalitarian state. That was a forbidden topic in rally-'round-the-flag media at the time. It has since been published in edited form in several different languages -- most recently in Spain's El Pais about two weeks ago (untranslated version).

      He's the kind of author whose opinion is so highly valued that the networks will fly out to Italy to solicit it, but they pull the plug on him in mid-sentence when he says something "unpopular" on live television. If the name sounds familiar, here are some helpful tidbits:

      • You may remember his cameo in Gattaca -- he played the murderous director ("Jerome? Is this... the approach path we discussed? Quite right.")
      • He's Al Gore's cousin (their grandfather was the first Senator of Oklahoma)
      • He ran for Congress against JFK (and lost), but through some cosmic irony his mother later married Jackie Kennedy's stepfather
    20. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by electronerd · · Score: 1

      Sorry, The United States of America is not a democracy. It is a democratic republic

    21. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Ashtangi · · Score: 1

      So the situations described are perfectly ok and understandable within a democratic republic? Or are you simply being pedantic? What exactly, beyond a simple syntactic discrepancy are you trying to point out?

    22. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Praeluceo · · Score: 1

      A democracy where you only get to pick the decision maker, but can't effect any direction afterwords (unless you are a rich corporation), where the individual vote is a mere symbol and does not directly elect the winner, where you only hear anything about two candidates out of eight or more, and where those two candidates simply lie about their intentions. What would you call this kind of democracy?

      I call this kind of "democracy" a Republic, and so did our founding fathers, and so does every elected official. Get a clue.

    23. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Praeluceo · · Score: 1

      So the situations described are perfectly ok and understandable within a democratic republic? Or are you simply being pedantic? What exactly, beyond a simple syntactic discrepancy are you trying to point out?

      Okay, the above poster was incorrect, we are not a "Democratic Republic" that's an oxymoron. This nation (being the USA) is a Constitutional Republic (Article IV. Section 4, U.S. Constitution). I don't know where you went to school, or if they even bother teaching Constitutional Law in public schools anymore, but I'm afraid you are misguided in thinking the masses have a "right" to vote into office their officials. We choose electors, who in turn are educated men, who -elect- our leaders. That is the spirit of a Republic, Democracy is "mob rule" whereas a Republican form of government is not. This is not a "simple syntatic discrepancy" as you so put it. This is what has seperated our nation from other totaltarianistic governments for the past 200+ years: Limited Representation. We have a representative form of government. We are considered "Constitutional" because the foundation of our government lies upon our Constitution, and its execution. We are a Republic because certain courses of action can never be followed, no matter what the current popular opinion is leaning toward. This has a very real implication: "The rights of no individual or group can ever be removed or diminished (because that group may be currently unpopular (for whatever reason)), regardless of how many people vote to do so. In a Republic, even if the vote is 250 million to 1, that one cannot be thrown into slavery. In a pure democracy 51% of the men can vote the other 49% back into slavery if they wish."

      I know this post is most likely off-topic, but I find a substantial understanding of the way our government works to be an indisposable tool in thwarting abuses withing our government. I believe that if anything, our government has been attempting to ignore the fact that it is a "Republic" for the sake of enjoying the powers enabled by being a "democracy".

      Lest we forget, our own government in the 1928 US Army manual (run fortune for a few hours, it's bound to pop-up in there) stated that a Democracy is, "A government of the masses. Authority derived through mass meeting of any, for direct expression. Results in mobocracy. Attitude toward property is communistic--negating property rights. Attitude toward law is that the will of the majority shall regulate, whether it be based upon delibaration or governed by passion, prejudice, and impulse, without restraint or regard to consequences. Results in demogogism, license, agitation, discontent, anarchy."

    24. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Ashtangi · · Score: 1
      In spite of your attitude, you are not responding to what I wrote. Unless of course you are saying that a democratic republic relies on candidates lying to their constituents in order to take office, relying on large corporations to finance their incredibly expensive run for office and then assuring those corporations advantages over the people in the market place, and shielding the majority of candidates from the public to ensure keeping the power in the hands of the corrupt. Hmmm, I don't think that is what our founding fathers had in mind, and whether you refer to it as a democracy or as a democratic republic does not matter. These things are still outside the bounds of those systems.

      Perhaps you should now go out and get your own clue. I would recommend some research and travel.

    25. Re:These guys must have read 1984 by Ashtangi · · Score: 1
      Certainly you are correct in your definitions. I will take heed, because I do agree that understanding it's structure and rules are necessary to keep it out of corruption. I was simply painting a picture of the corruption that exists. A representative form of government must fall on the side of the people when faced with The Market vs The People. The Market should only be able to influence the government through the People who are working within the Market, as they have the same influence over the Government as any other person. This point I believe is beyond the syntactical discussion points and why I labled them previously as pedantic. Currently our market economy, and the corporations within have an unfair influence over the government. This works against the people and our freedoms.

      The lead of the Justice branch of government acted illegally in the way it interfered with the presidential election. And one small correction to what you said: the majority of states require that the electors vote with the majority. So it is not so dire as a vote being 250 Million to 1 going for the 1. Our representative system is set up to reward the majority.

  18. 1984 not about future by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 2, Insightful

    Like all great sci-fi, 1984 isn't (and wasn't) about the future, but about the present. In this case, it was about the reality of life in communist regimes. It has little or nothing to say about "technology's impact", and only the over-literal who managed to miss the point of the book would think it does.

    1. Re:1984 not about future by DrVxD · · Score: 2

      > Like all great sci-fi, 1984 isn't (and wasn't) about the future
      1984 isn't sci-fi. It's political fiction. The fact that it was set in the future doesn't make it sci-fi.

      --
      Not everything that can be measured matters; Not everything that matters can be measured.
    2. Re:1984 not about future by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0
      The fact that it was set in the future doesn't make it sci-fi.
      No: it's the use of hypothetical technological and scientific advancements to heighten the effect of the political and philosophical arguments that makes it science fiction.
    3. Re:1984 not about future by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      And just what does that matter?
      That it don't apply anymore and that there is no problem since the book was written some decades ago?

  19. They missed Orwell's biggest point by ebh · · Score: 5, Insightful

    The point of 1984 was not so much that there would be technology sufficient to implement totalitarianism (which as others have pointed out, we have today). The main thing was that "whoever controls the past controls the future".

    That's why I fear Big Media aggregation. When news, history and other public information gets disseminated from fewer and fewer sources, it's going to be more and more tempting for those sources to use that information power to their own ends. Consider the term "Disneyfication." Also:

    Ketchup is a vegetable.

    Global warming? It's not true, and besides, there's nothing you can do about it.

    Corporations are not bound by the pesky constitutions that kept governments from doing what Orwell predicted.

    1. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by McCart42 · · Score: 1

      That's also what I was worried about. 1984 failed to be the case on the government side, but is it coming true from a corporation/media standpoint? Obviously Orwell's novel was a worst-case scenario, and as such our society today isn't nearly as alarming as his ficticious one, but how often do you still feel as if "big brother is watching"--not big brother government, but big brother advertising? The difference, of course, is that advertising bears no "ill" intent, really. They just want to persuade you to buy their product.

      --
      "I may be quite wrong." - Socrates
    2. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by jweb · · Score: 2

      "Who controls the past now, controls the future.
      Who controls the present now, controls the past."
      -- Rage Against The Machine

      --

      Think For Yourself. Question Authority.
    3. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by ab762 · · Score: 1

      ...technology sufficient to implement totalitarianism

      In fact, we should remember that some of the great horrors of the twentieth century were commited with relatively little technology. The Holocaust may have had some IBM card equipment; but killing millions doesn't really require fancy control systems. Totalitarianism in the Nazi Germany, Soviet Union and China is after all, the application of 19th century industrial methods to the Neolithic Ethic (See the stranger, fear the stranger, kill the stranger)

      The tree of liberty must from time to time be refreshed with the blood of tyrants and patriots -- Jefferson
    4. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by Kaa · · Score: 2

      ...pesky constitutions that kept governments from doing what Orwell predicted

      Don't know much history, do you?

      --

      Kaa
      Kaa's Law: In any sufficiently large group of people most are idiots.
    5. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by ebh · · Score: 2

      1984 was set in a supposedly advanced western society, and was targeted at readers in western democracies, not Singapore, Burma or Nicaragua.

      Looked at from today's perspective (as the original article does), where most of these nations have constitutions that have teeth in them, it's clear that most of these governments are not capable of deploying widespread down-to-the-common-civilian "room 101"-style law enforcement, nor are they capable of convincing their entire populations that, for example, "We have never been at war with Iraq; we have always been at war with Saudi Arabia".

      To be able to do that would require outright revolution or a steady long-term erosion of consitutional rights (which in turn would require a steady stream of McCarthys and Ashcrofts).

      I stand by my original argument that on the whole, corporations are much more capable of 1984-style control than governments are. Read your employer's policy handbook, and tell me how easy that would be to get codified into civil law.

    6. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by Altus · · Score: 1


      totalitarianisim is not defined by the mass murder of millions of people. Infact, you dont want to kill people, you want to controll them. if you have to kill millions (regularly) because they oppose you then you arent doing a very good of controling them are you?

      --

      "In America, first you get the sugar, then you get the power, then you get the women..." -H. Simpson

    7. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by Kaa · · Score: 1

      1984 was a fiction book, not an exercise in social forecasting a la Toffler. Nobody expected western democracies to match the society described in 1984, but that doesn't make the book's main point less valid.

      I stand by my original argument that on the whole, corporations are much more capable of 1984-style control than governments are.

      That I find a very strange statement. Let me list some problems with it just off the top of my head.

      (1) Corporations are not a unified body. It's an unorganized mob of omnivores of different sizes, all happy to bite each other when a soft spot is uncovered. There is no organ/committee/etc. that CAN exercise control of the type we are talking about.

      (2) Corporations are not interested in 1984-style control. All they are interested in is my wallet. Give them money and they'll be happy. Governments, on the other hand, are much less interested in money, but want to exercise much greater control over the way I lead my life and over the choices I make.

      (3) The very worst thing that corporations can do to you is sue you into bankrupcy. Governments can do much, much worse things to you.

      (4) My relationship with corporations is generally consensual. If I am willing to accept the consequences, I CAN not use credit cards, not eat at McDonalds, not work for Enron, etc. etc. That doesn't work with the government -- it is going to try to impose it's will upon you regardless of what you think about it.

      (5) Historically governments have been much, much, much more nastier to people than corporations.

      All in all I fail to see how you can argue that corporations are more dangerous than the government.

      P.S. My employer doesn't have a policy handbook :-)

      --

      Kaa
      Kaa's Law: In any sufficiently large group of people most are idiots.
    8. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by Malcontent · · Score: 3, Informative

      "Global warming? It's not true, and besides, there's nothing you can do about it."

      Actually the rich have so far tried the following arguments in this order.

      "Global warming does not exist"
      "Global warming might exists but it's not our fault and we can't do anything about it"

      and finally when people didn't buy either one they are now increasingly trying this one.

      "global warming is good for you"

      That last one has also been used for toxic waste, genetic engineering, pesticides etc.

      --

      War is necrophilia.

    9. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by alouts · · Score: 1
      I agree with most of your post, but the reference you make to war with Iraq/Saudi Arabia strikes me as a bit off for the following reason:

      Our government lashed out at Afghanistan and "terrorists" after 9/11 in the name of protection of the country, yet subsequently has made a strong effort to convince the public (and rather sucessfully, given media reports) that the true source of terror is Iraq and Saddam Hussein - the old, not-quite-vanquished enemy of Bush's daddy. There is little evidence, if any that Al-Qeuda or any of the 9/11 terrorists come from Iraq (most are Saudis, I believe), or that Iraq has had any part in any terrorist activities against the US.

      So, while it may not be with the same completeness as Oceana, there does seem to be an attempt to move as far in that direction as possible, and pursue war in a different area for unknown/unproven reasons.

    10. Re: They missed Orwell's biggest point by Black+Parrot · · Score: 2

      > Looked at from today's perspective (as the original article does), where most of these nations have constitutions that have teeth in them, it's clear that most of these governments are not capable of deploying widespread down-to-the-common-civilian "room 101"-style law enforcement

      How innocent of you. Well, at least you hedge your bets by qualifying yourself with "widespread" and "down-to-the-common-civilian".

      --
      Sheesh, evil *and* a jerk. -- Jade
    11. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by ebh · · Score: 2
      I don't have time to answer all your points (because my employer, unlike my government, forbids me from this sort of activity), but I do have time to address one:

      (3) The very worst thing that corporations can do to you is sue you into bankrupcy.

      Don't know much history, do you?

      The very worst thing a corporation can do is kill you, either by selling you a deadly (or fatally defective) product, or by giving you a hazardous job, or by poisoning your environment.

    12. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      It angers me when people attribute quotes to people who have said it, but not the ORIGINAL people...

      I've seen "Oh what tangled webs we weave, when first we practive to deceive" attributed to Jean Luke Picard...

    13. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0
      Consider the term "Disneyfication."
      So, you're backing up your argument with the cutting fact that there exists a word "Disneyfication." Don't you have better evidence than that? Oh, right, the fact that ketchup is classified as a vegetable by the FDA. Quick, where do I apply for asylum?!!
    14. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by surfcow · · Score: 2
      The main thing was that "whoever controls the past controls the future".

      Perhaps someday someone will create / market a drug that gives people perfect recall. This will effectively end politics as it is practiced today. Imagine Joe Voter remembering every campaign promise, every denial, etc...

      I used to play around with Vasopressin, which facilitates creating new memories. Interesting drug, it really did help me to pick up certain info quicker. I believe they stopped making it.

      In any case, such a drug would be the undoing of big brother.

      What drug would a theoretical big brother prefer people to take? Something that would shorten our collective memories and attention spans. Oops ... I guess they call that television.

    15. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by mgblst · · Score: 2

      -- Rage Against The Machine

      or as I like to call them
      -- Rage Against Sony

    16. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Do you have any references for that?

      I'd just love to be able to quote someone as having said "toxic waste is good for you"...

    17. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by MissMoneypenny · · Score: 1

      ebh wrote : 'The main thing was that "whoever controls the past controls the future".'

      Every time I see Bush an Poetin be big buddies on TV it reminds me of the part where the main charater in Orwell is asking himself whether he is the only one that remembers that enemy #1 was an allie just last year and vice versa, because the department of war is saying that they have ALWAYS been at war with enemy #1.

      Or am I just being an oversensitive European with this :-)

    18. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by mpe · · Score: 2

      Looked at from today's perspective (as the original article does), where most of these nations have constitutions that have teeth in them

      A constitution has no teeth. It's simply a bit of paper which says "the government may do X and it may not do Y". The issue of "teeth" comes down to what the civilian population will do when a government trys to do Y or trys not to do X.

      nor are they capable of convincing their entire populations that, for example, "We have never been at war with Iraq; we have always been at war with Saudi Arabia".

      This is more about the independence of media sources. Traditional media is mainly in the hands of a very few large corportates.

    19. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by mpe · · Score: 2

      Our government lashed out at Afghanistan and "terrorists" after 9/11 in the name of protection of the country,

      Afgainstan appeared to have been targeted more for the reason of the US not liking the Taliban than anything directly connected with the actual attack.

      yet subsequently has made a strong effort to convince the public (and rather sucessfully, given media reports) that the true source of terror is Iraq and Saddam Hussein - the old, not-quite-vanquished enemy of Bush's daddy. There is little evidence, if any that Al-Qeuda or any of the 9/11 terrorists come from Iraq (most are Saudis, I believe)

      Some were apparently Saudi, given that several of the hijackers were using stolen identities it's rather hard to be sure who was actually on the planes. Unless the US authorities have some evidence they are keeping very secret.

    20. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by Kaa · · Score: 1

      The very worst thing a corporation can do is kill you, either by selling you a deadly (or fatally defective) product, or by giving you a hazardous job, or by poisoning your environment.

      Bah! Anyone can kill me, from a next-cubicle worker who's going postal to a suburban mom not exactly sure how to deal with her two-ton SUV...

      And you are playing stupid. You are ignoring such things as intent -- selling me a deadly product, e.g. cigarettes, does not aim to kill me, rather my death is an acceptable (to a corp) side-effect fo the transaction. But again, note that the corp didn't come to my house, tie me to a chair and stick the cigarette into my mouth.

      Not sure about the safety of the product? Don't buy it. Think your job is dangerous? Quit it.

      And as to history, yes, I actually know a fair amount...

      --

      Kaa
      Kaa's Law: In any sufficiently large group of people most are idiots.
    21. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by ebh · · Score: 2
      Not sure about the safety of the product? Don't buy it. Think your job is dangerous? Quit it.

      Grow up. Interaction with corporations is unavoidable unless you completely drop out of the economy. Even then, every habitable area is geographically close to/downwind from/downstream from corporate facilities enough that their activities may still affect you.

      Am I to stop buying canned food for fear it's contaminated with botulism? Am I to stop programming for a living for fear that some new form of RSI will disable me decades from now?

      Were the workers at Johns-Manville supposed to Just Know that the armloads of raw asbestos they were hauling around would eventually shred their lungs? Were the people who lived around the Union Carbide plant in Bhopal supposed to Just Know that there was seriously bad stuff that could leak out of the plant? Were the Alaskan fishermen supposed to Just Know that some drunken captain might run his tanker aground in Prudhoe Bay?

      In all cases the corporations knew these things could happen. The hazards of asbestos were documented in the 20's and 30's, Union Carbide knew the Bhopal plant was in poor repair, and Exxon knew of Hazelwood's drinking problem.

      To get back to the original topic, it is truly Orwellian that these companies were able to do these things then hide behind their PR firms and bankruptcy lawyers to get away with relatively small slaps on their wrists.

      I guess we should be glad that at least J-M, UC and Exxon didn't sue those people for anything and do them REAL harm.

      If you know as much history as you're trying to convince me you do, then you appear to be proactively ignoring a lot of it.

    22. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by Kaa · · Score: 1

      Interaction with corporations is unavoidable unless you completely drop out of the economy

      You miss the point. I get to choose with which corporations to interact without having to drop out of the economy. It's not an all-or-nothing deal. "Quit your job" implies also "and find another one that's fine for you from your ethical/health/etc. standpoint".

      Am I to stop buying canned food for fear it's contaminated with botulism?

      If you are paranoid about botulism, then, yes, stop buying canned food. Or do you want to have an absolute, ironclad guarantee that nothing bad will happen to you, ever?

      Am I to stop programming for a living for fear that some new form of RSI will disable me decades from now?

      Same answer. What does it all have to do with corporations?

      Were the workers at Johns-Manville supposed to Just Know ... etc.

      Grow up yourself. Life is not riskless. If you are not willing to risk failure, sometimes catastrophic failure, you will do nothing. Each activity has an element of risk that you have to accept, even if the risk is not to yourself.

      And again, what does this have to do with corporations? When the Challenger shuttle blew up, it wasn't corporate greed that made it do it, was it?

      Also, look at the Soviet Union. Horrible working conditions, pollution like the Western world hasn't seen in decades, major industrial accidents with thousands of victims -- and... not a single corporation in sight!

      --

      Kaa
      Kaa's Law: In any sufficiently large group of people most are idiots.
    23. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by ebh · · Score: 2
      I get to choose with which corporations to interact

      My point is that absent some sort of outside enforcement of a reasonable level of safety and quality of products, choosing your corporation is like choosing between hanging or the firing squad.

      Whether I get RSI by programming for a living implies that, at least in our economic system, I'm overwhelmingly likely to be doing so for a corporation. That corporation, by definition an amoral entity, doesn't care about that except where it may hurt their profits.

      When the Challenger shuttle blew up, it wasn't corporate greed that made it do it, was it?

      Yes, in fact it was.

      The explosion was caused by a set of decisions, some of which being motivated by fear of bad publicity for the for-profit contractors, leading up to the launch taking place even though it was known that the air temperature was out of spec for the O-rings. They knew it and went ahead anyway. I guess it didn't save Morton-Thiokol as much money as they thought it would.

      I'll say it again: Corporations are amoral entities, beholden only to their executives and shareholders. A corporation will kill if it is profitable to do so, until and unless the shareholders, through their votes, agree to give up some of their profits in order to be so-called "good corporate citizens".

      Many markets are controlled by oligopolies. Think of how many industries have a "big three". They can collude to form de facto monopolies (the inability to prevent which is why libertarianism fails). If the products they produce are considered essential to normal living, then we get them precisely on their terms. It is in their interest for us not to believe we've been forced to grab our ankles in this regard, so part of their strategy is to get us to be grateful for what they're giving us (which, as another poster pointed out, is more Huxleyan than Orwellian).

      So, I still stand by my original claim that modern-day corporations are more Orwellian than modern-day governments.

    24. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by matrix29 · · Score: 2

      Do you have any references for that?

      I'd just love to be able to quote someone as having said "toxic waste is good for you"...


      http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/156751060 4/ ref%3Dnosim/ecousa/002-0140258-4982444

      Toxic Sludge Is Good for You!: Lies, Damn Lies and the Public Relations Industry
      by John C. Stauber, Sheldon Rampton

      Look inside this book
      List Price: $17.95
      Our Price: $12.57
      You Save: $5.38 (30%)

      http://www.prwatch.org/books/tsigfy.html

      --
      "Face it, a nation that maintains a 72% approval rating on George W. Bush is a nation with a very loose grip on reality.
    25. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by matrix29 · · Score: 2

      I used to play around with Vasopressin, which facilitates creating new memories. Interesting drug, it really did help me to pick up certain info quicker. I believe they stopped making it.

      http://smart-drugs.net/product-info/info-vasopress in.htm

      VASOPRESSIN
      to order
      http://smart-drugs.net/ias-order-Intro.htm#Vasopre ssin

      Vasopressin is a peptide hormone found naturally in the brain and is partly responsible for the formation of memories. Its effects rapidly improve short-term memory and enhance memory imprints (i.e. after the event).

      (Hey, in this state of the nation we NEED ALL THE SMART PEOPLE WE CAN GET!)

      --
      "Face it, a nation that maintains a 72% approval rating on George W. Bush is a nation with a very loose grip on reality.
    26. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by Malcontent · · Score: 2

      Damn you beat me to the link.

      --

      War is necrophilia.

    27. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by Kaa · · Score: 1

      My point is that absent some sort of outside enforcement of a reasonable level of safety and quality of products, choosing your corporation is like choosing between hanging or the firing squad.

      I cannot imagine an economic system which will make you happy. Having government control all production has already been tried with disastrous consequences. Employee-run companies exist in the US and other countries and are virtually indistinguishable from "normal" corporations. What else is there? You are not advocating we all go back to primitive agricultural communities, are you?

      Whether I get RSI by programming for a living implies that, at least in our economic system, I'm overwhelmingly likely to be doing so for a corporation.

      That fact is completely irrelevant. RSI is a physiological consequence of too much typing and mousing and has nothing to do with whom you work for. Hell, if you are a writer re-typing up the n-th draft of your great american novel, you are still likely to get RSI.

      re Challenger shuttle

      Look up what actually happened. As a matter of fact, Thiokol was against the launch, and was overridden by NASA.

      Not to mention that the Thiokol engineer that happened to express his professional opinion about the dangers of O-ring failure at the given air temperature was NOT expressing any corporate policy.

      Corporations are amoral entities, beholden only to their executives and shareholders.

      That's perfectly fine. This is as it should be.

      Think about the consequences of corporations acting on the basis of morality. First of all, which morality? Christian? Why? What about Japanese corporations? Or Islamic? Who gets to define on the basis of which morality does corporation operate?

      Second, remember that corporations have investors. From my point of view, as an investor, I'll give my money to the corporation that'll make me more money, not to someone who is trying to do some ill-defined good. For that I give to charities and non-profits.

      So, I still stand by my original claim that modern-day corporations are more Orwellian than modern-day governments.

      And I still think it's quite silly.

      --

      Kaa
      Kaa's Law: In any sufficiently large group of people most are idiots.
    28. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by ebh · · Score: 2
      I cannot imagine an economic system which will make you happy.

      That's because you're thinking in extremes. My ideal, irrespective of implementation, has mechanisms in place to minimize corruption and opportunism (!= ambition).

      RSI is a physiological consequence of too much typing

      What part of "programming for a living" didn't you understand?

      I never said that the amorality of corporations was right or wrong. What we have to consider is that because corproations are amoral, they are in theory free to do whatever they deem necessary to achieve their goals. If those actions are harmful to society, then society should have the capability to reign in those harmful actions.

      The free market is not an effective deterrent against corporations' ill behavior, nor does it encourage good behavior. Not because it is unwilling to, but because there is no such thing as a free market. Unfettered markets always become less free, until they are controlled by a monopoly or a collusive oligopoly, which will remain in place until it is disrupted. This disruption may be anything from new technology to revolution. When that happens the process restarts.

      With each iteration, the competitors get more and more creative in the ways they compete. The first time around, it may be as simple as "the best product at the lowest price". Next time, it's "the perceived best product at the lowest price". Then "the most convenient product at maybe the lowest price". Then "whatever everybdy else is buying because it's now impossible to tell whether it's the best product or not". Then, it's "whatever everybody else is buying because we're all getting our information about what to buy from the same source which is really the supplier of what we're going to buy, and they're playing on either our hopes, our fears, or our desires to that end." That's where Orwell steps in.

      And that's where I step out. You're welcome to have the last word.

    29. Re:They missed Orwell's biggest point by BorgCopyeditor · · Score: 1
      The point of 1984 was not so much that there would be technology sufficient to implement totalitarianism (which as others have pointed out, we have today). The main thing was that "whoever controls the past controls the future".

      I thought it was "the state shall conquer love," but then, I thought that was the point of Civilization and its Discontents, too.

      --
      Shop as usual. And avoid panic buying.
  20. Orwell was Right by maddskillz · · Score: 1

    The article points out that they believe Orwell was wrong, for thinking that the government would be made more powerful by technology.
    I understand that maybe it is not always the Government that is gaining these powers, but possibly big corporations instead, but does it really matter?
    I don't really care if Big Brother is the government, or big business, the point is people are watching what we do, and how we do it. Maybe their intentions are not as malicious as those in 1984, but Big Brother is watching

    1. Re:Orwell was Right by jazman_777 · · Score: 1
      I understand that maybe it is not always the Government that is gaining these powers, but possibly big corporations instead, but does it really matter? I don't really care if Big Brother is the government, or big business, the point is people are watching what we do, and how we do it. Maybe their intentions are not as malicious as those in 1984, but Big Brother is watching

      It's both together. Note how the Democrats are the party of Big Government, and the Republicans the party of Big Business. And note how they're mostly indistinguishable now.

      --
      Slashdot: Failed Car Analogies. Amateur Lawyering. Anecdote Battles.
    2. Re:Orwell was Right by maddskillz · · Score: 1

      As a non-American I will say, ummm, sure ;)

  21. Not about the future.... by Deskpoet · · Score: 5, Insightful

    The article's premise that Orwell was a "futurist" is flawed.

    Even a cursory examination of 1984 reveals it to be not a prediction of the future of technology, or any, future, for that matter. It is a heavy-handed condemnation of totalitarian states, whether they be "communist" or "capitalist". One could also view it as the "dark" Animal Farm, but that would be glossing over targets: AF *was* about communism; 1984 was about statism in general.

    Excluding the lugubrious prose, 1984 is still a pretty effective argument against the total state, and its message is all the more germaine in this day of Homeland Security and PATRIOT acts. Remember that Winston Smith was an English bloke, one of the "good guys", but he still wound up eye-to-eye with ravenous rats.....

    --
    "The more corrupt the state, the more numerous the laws."--Tacitus, The Histories
    1. Re:Not about the future.... by Peyna · · Score: 2

      Agreed! I do not like it when people take a book like 1984 or a movie like 2001 and say, "See look, they were wrong, our future isn't like that at all." When that wasn't the point or purpose of it at all. Any work of science fiction that strives to only be a prediction of what future will be is shallow and has little value.

      --
      What?
    2. Re:Not about the future.... by Peyna · · Score: 1

      (Or the book 2001 which was done in conjunction with and mostly after the screenplay for the movie was done.)

      --
      What?
    3. Re:Not about the future.... by zrodney · · Score: 1

      yes he was 'one of the good guys' but that's because
      there were no bad guys, only the enemies that the
      state said were bad. And that would include anyone
      who doesn't agree with the state, so Winston was
      one of the bad guys, and he knew it.

    4. Re:Not about the future.... by NachtVorst · · Score: 1

      I'd say 1984 is about the opposite of a prediction... It's a warning where we should NOT go in the future.

      As soon as anything like in the book happens, people start yelling "Big Brother!", thanks to the book. (Although I'm afraid we're getting a new generation that only thinks of the TV-show when they hear the term Big Brother).

      NachtVorst

    5. Re:Not about the future.... by johnsjs · · Score: 1

      You're correct. one point I haven't seen posted, so may not yet have been mentioned, 1984 was written/published around 1948, and Orwell has commented since that it was simply an extrapolation of then, rather than a prediction of now, but he didn't feel he could call it 1948.

      Just after WW2, and a fair degree of paranoia was still floating around in Government, that's the backdrop.

    6. Re:Not about the future.... by Peyna · · Score: 2

      I always felt that many of Orwell's novels should be required reading in school. Even his ones besides Animal Farm and 1984. Other books that should be required reading (and sometimes are, but usually only in 'accelerated' classes or 'honor' classes and what not) are Fahrenheit 451, All Quiet on the Western Front, A little Voltaire would be good for everyone, and probably several others. I can't imagine anyone objecting to having those books in schools, except maybe All Quiet on the Western Front because it's a bit violent, but it's only telling the truth about war.

      --
      What?
    7. Re:Not about the future.... by NachtVorst · · Score: 1

      You're right... Except maybe there are too many 'essential' books (and movies/plays) out there to make them all required reading/viewing. It might be best to make a (large) list of suggestions from which everone has to read/watch a certain amount, and have teachers that can guide their students and interest them in these books. I know my teachers (some of them) did this, so I got to read 1984 (and other books) in school, because I chose to, not because I was forced, which I think helps appreciate a book better.

      By the way, also check out 'Utopia' by Sir Thomas More. It's interesting how close his utopia comes to Orwell's dystopia...

      Anyway, yes, everyone should read this book, and so many other books that we all should be busy reading the next few years.

      NachtVorst

    8. Re:Not about the future.... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Actually, your prose is a lot more lugubrious than Orwell's, I quite enjoyed his style.

    9. Re:Not about the future.... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Here in Canada, 1984, Animal Farm, and All Quiet on the Western Front are all required reading in High School

    10. Re:Not about the future.... by MrResistor · · Score: 2

      Animal Farm, 1984, and All Quiet on the Western Front were all required reading at my High School, along with Brave New World, which I would also add to that list.

      --
      Under capitalism man exploits man. Under communism it's the other way around.
    11. Re:Not about the future.... by Disevidence · · Score: 1

      Yeah, 1984 WAS required reading here in Queensland, Australia for high school students.

      Just chipping in.

      --
      Think nothing is impossible? Try slamming a revolving door.
    12. Re:Not about the future.... by Luyseyal · · Score: 2
      well... More's Utopia is an exercise in irony, somewhat akin to Swift's Modest Proposal. Don't go into it thinking it's a genuine vision of his idea of the most perfect world. That's all. :)

      -l

      --
      Help cure AIDS, cancer, and more. Donate your unused computer time to worldcommunitygrid.org. Join Team Slashdot!
    13. Re:Not about the future.... by Luyseyal · · Score: 2
      Kind of like how ? and the Mysterians couldn't release 69 Tears as such, and had to remake it as 96 Tears... ok, mebbe not. hehehe

      -l

      --
      Help cure AIDS, cancer, and more. Donate your unused computer time to worldcommunitygrid.org. Join Team Slashdot!
  22. Re:More afraid of Socialism - NOT! by SpringRevolt · · Score: 2, Insightful

    That would be surprising since he almost gave his life fighting for it in Spain (Homage to Catalonia). What Orwell was against was Stalinism, not socialism.

    1984, if you have read it, is about what happens when the unions have been crushed.

    Palladium + ISP snooping on customers without consent or knowledge and without a search warrent.

    We are getting there.

    Orwell was just wrong about the year.

    (as you can tell by my name, I am no fan of Stalinism either).

  23. Orwell helped prevent 1984 by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 2, Insightful

    Orwell, and other writers such as Dick, by warning of some of the dangers of technology have helped us to steer clear of some them. If you know your future, you can change it... right?

    Although, I must say, the Department/Office of Homeland Security is the most Orwellian sounding name the US Government could've used.

    1. Re:Orwell helped prevent 1984 by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      trouble is man never learns from the past... he only repeats it. read this...
      http://www.washingtontimes.com/national/2 0020716-7 5882632.htm
      does the name Hitler ring a bell!

  24. nope... by micq · · Score: 1

    he wasn't wrong, he was just off 20 years...

    1. Re:nope... by WeeLad · · Score: 1

      1964?

      --
      Seriously, Don't take anything I say seriously.
  25. I don't know... by MadFarmAnimalz · · Score: 2

    Let's look at this from a different angle.

    First, we'll agree that the more you know, the more powerful you are.

    Then we'll say that technology can be harnessed to process data into information at alarming rates.

    And observe too how much of our lives takes its course through technological means; e-mail, television, telephone network, cell phone, ad nauseam.

    Put all three together, stir well, leave overnight, and what do you get?

    With proper resources, we live in a time with unprecedented opportunity for data harvesting and processing. Such proper resources are most likely to be found in an organization as large and unaccountable such as 'government'.

    I could be on the wrong track here, but things like Echelon, Carnivore, Magic Lantern, etc. make me think not.

    --
    Blearf. Blearf, I say.
    1. Re:I don't know... by Sebastopol · · Score: 2, Funny

      "First, we'll agree that the more you know, the more powerful you are."

      Bah! I could take Hawking!

      --
      https://www.accountkiller.com/removal-requested
    2. Re:I don't know... by MadFarmAnimalz · · Score: 2

      That's intelligence, not knowledge.

      --
      Blearf. Blearf, I say.
    3. Re:I don't know... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      "First, we'll agree that the more you know, the more powerful you are"

      Balls. Gee-Dubya is remarkably lacking in knowledge or intelligence and has rather a lot of power.

    4. Re:I don't know... by Sebastopol · · Score: 1

      "That's intelligence, not knowledge."

      I meant "take him" as in "wrestling".

      well, it sounded funny in my head...

      --
      https://www.accountkiller.com/removal-requested
    5. Re:I don't know... by 0xdeadbeef · · Score: 1
      Bah! I could take Hawking!

      Yea, right. Hawking would put a cap in yo' ass.

  26. Don't take the tin foil hat off by Steveftoth · · Score: 1

    Sure if you want to read that piece of MIT propaganda then sure, technology is good, me I'm sending this message to slashdot by humming into the Cat-5.

    ( man is work boring )

    1. Re:Don't take the tin foil hat off by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      I used to be able to whistle a 2400 baud handshake, but humming TCP/IP... thats impressivee man.

    2. Re:Don't take the tin foil hat off by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      earth to steveftoth, come in please, over (static) are you there? hello?
      when you wipe the drool off your keyboard go read this...
      http://www.washingtontimes.com/national/2 0020716-7 5882632.htm
      now after you read it maybe you can help to keep your freedom instead of playing billy blast off with your joy stick....

  27. One small change... (to the article) by deathinc · · Score: 1
    s/technology/cryptography/g
    And it gets a little more interesting.
  28. Bought at Radio Shack by Inexile2002 · · Score: 2, Funny

    "Many of the GPS receivers used in Desert Storm were bought at Radio Shack."

    Oh sigh, I used to work retail electronic sales and dream about some guy in fatigues walking in and saying "Do you have 183,000 of these in stock? When can you have them in by?"

    And the military guys always go for the extended warrantee and the spare battery plus cleaning kit.

  29. Orwell Wasn't Wrong.... by cluge · · Score: 5, Interesting

    Orwell's vision wasn't wrong, it may be he just had the year incorrect. Not everything has come to pass yet. Yet being the operative word, especially if we as a society allow it. Just look at proposed legislation in our own congress (copy right and anti-terrorist and `protect the children`). Look at the DCMA (Is reverse engineering really illegal???).

    Here are some other things that HAVE come to pass

    1. Many Police units have their own paramilitary force
    2. Camera Camera everywhere, and more on the way
    3. Reading certain books can and will get you put on a "watch list"
    4. Members of certain political parties are actively discriminated against (not all presidential canidates will face each other in a debate)
    5. Loosening controls on wiretaps and eavesdropping (more so in Europe than here)

    This article didn't convince me that our freedoms aren't under attack. It just reminded me how many sheep there are in the world

    cluge

    --
    "Science is about ego as much as it is about discovery and truth " - I said it, so sue me.
    1. Re:Orwell Wasn't Wrong.... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Throw in TIPS for good measure ...

    2. Re:Orwell Wasn't Wrong.... by Nukenbar2 · · Score: 1

      Who really cares about the Dental Party candidate for President? I'm sure glad I don't have to listen to someone who has no chance in a debate.

    3. Re:Orwell Wasn't Wrong.... by Amazing+Quantum+Man · · Score: 2

      Who really cares about the Dental Party candidate for President?

      You, sir, are an Anti-Dentite.

      --
      Fascism starts when the efficiency of the government becomes more important than the rights of the people.
    4. Re:Orwell Wasn't Wrong.... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0
      ``I?m sure glad I don?t have to listen to someone who has no chance in a debate.''

      That's one of the dumbest things I've heard in a long time. And you only want to devote, oh say, five minutes to evaluate the candidates, too.

      Reminds me of those old classical record collections ads: ``No unwanted passages...''. Um... how do you know if you haven't heard them. Similarly, how do you know that these candidates aren't worth listening to? As it stands now in the U.S. you only get to listen to the candidates who are already political insiders and then only the ones with enough personal wealth or access to corporate bribes^H^H^H^H^H^Hcampaign contributions to get on the air. Sad way to select a leader.

    5. Re:Orwell Wasn't Wrong.... by doublesix · · Score: 1

      Did anyone notice the security certificate for this site is buggered? Nice.

    6. Re:Orwell Wasn't Wrong.... by zaffir · · Score: 1

      I'm curious (not flaming here) - what books will get me put on one of those watch lists? Possibly 1984? Have any links or articles backing up your claims?

      --
      "Upon attaching the waterblock to my penis, I began to notice that I know nothing about computers." -- JRockway
    7. Re:Orwell Wasn't Wrong.... by cluge · · Score: 2

      Yes I do. The FBI has said that it monitors activity or interest in certain books. Hell I googled on 3 words and came up with this tidbit from www.gomemphis.com. It was the FIRST LINK!

      FBI rules pit prevention of terror, privacy
      By From Our Press Services
      May 31, 2002

      WASHINGTON - The Bush administration gave the beleaguered FBI broad new powers to monitor Americans on Thursday, vowing they would not be used to stifle free speech or dissent.

      In a move aimed at averting another Sept. 11, Atty. Gen. John Ashcroft freed the FBI to monitor Internet sites, libraries, churches and political organizations, calling restrictions on domestic surveillance "a competitive advantage for terrorists."


      So hop on down to your local library, ask for the following books, and if they don't have them, ask to get them on "Inter Library Loan"

      1. The anarchists cookbook (Don't follow the recipes, they arne't *ahem* accurate)
      2. Small arms of the world
      3. Dog Day Afternoon
      4. Any book on industrial explosives
      5. Any federal paper of chemical, biological and nuclear weapons.

      Now check those books out. I'd be curious to know if you were paid a visit. Then again, if you were would you know?

      whats that saying about absolute power again?

      cluge

      --
      "Science is about ego as much as it is about discovery and truth " - I said it, so sue me.
  30. 1984 == 1948 by opiate · · Score: 1

    Reportedly Orwell just switched the last two numbers of the year of its writing. It wasn't meant to be a warning of the future, but a critique of the present (Stalinism, etc.)

    1. Re:1984 == 1948 by Zeinfeld · · Score: 3, Interesting
      Reportedly Orwell just switched the last two numbers of the year of its writing. It wasn't meant to be a warning of the future, but a critique of the present (Stalinism, etc.)

      It is somewhat disappointing that a UC Prof. can write an essay on Orwell without apparently knowing this elementary fact.

      Orwell was not making a prophecy, he thought that the USSR would eventually be beaten the same way the NAZI party was. The point of the book was to make people aware that 'Uncle Joe' as he was then called was not the nice guy who saved Britain from Hitler but a monster.

      Other facts US authors commonly miss out when they write about Orwell is that he was a socialist, he wrote the 1945 Labor party manifesto. Endless fun can be had at parties getting a libertarian twit to go off on a rant and then tell him that.

      --
      Looking for an Information Security student project suggestion?
      Try http://dotcrimeManifesto.com/
  31. Orwell didn't go wrong. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Fiction can't be 'wrong'. Idiots.

    Slashdot only allows a user with your karma to post 2 times per day. You've already shared your thoughts with us that many times. Take a breather, and come back and see us in 24 hours or so.

    If you think this is unfair, please email jamie@slashdot.org with your username "Fecal Troll Matter". Let us know how many comments you think you've posted in the last 24 hours.

    1. Re:Orwell didn't go wrong. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0
      Fiction can't be 'wrong'.
      I dunno - have you ever read any Ayn Rand?
  32. Communism vs. Capitalism by invid · · Score: 1

    Orwell was warning us about the natural progression of communism and how technology could facilitate the communist machine. In 1984 there wasn't a capitalist block of countries competing with the communist ones, so the communist countries couldn't have exclusive control over information systems.

    Orwell's book succeded in its purpose in warning generations of people of what communism would become if it could. However, what we need now is an equally compelling book about what capitalism can become now that it is attempting to gain control of the technology of information. Technology is giving the top dog capitalists greater knowledge about each and every individual. This can lead to a larger power shift against the poorest 90% of the population then there is already.

    --
    The Moore-Murphy Law: The number of things that will go wrong will double every 2 years.
    1. Re:Communism vs. Capitalism by dowobeha · · Score: 1

      Orwell was not advocating capitalism.

      See my post for the rejection of capitalism you seek...

      --
      I am concerned about any program, any piece of hardware, any treaty, any law that treats me as a consumer, not a citizen
    2. Re:Communism vs. Capitalism by invid · · Score: 1

      I didn't say Orwell was advocating capitalism. I was saying that Orwell didn't include a competing capitalist society in his book. In the real world, there were competing capitalist societies that were capable of outcompeting the communist dictatorships.

      Perhaps I didn't make myself clear in my first post, but I am not advocating unrestricted capitalism. In fact, I am worried now that the wealthy capitalist are gaining the upper hand over the rest of us in terms of learning too much about us and aquiring the ability to control our lives. 1984 was not about that. What we need is a book that explores the dangers to freedom posed by the wealthy capitalists. In particular, I am worried about global organizations (the UN, the WTO) not being elected or answerable to the people.

      --
      The Moore-Murphy Law: The number of things that will go wrong will double every 2 years.
    3. Re:Communism vs. Capitalism by Radical+Rad · · Score: 2
      If you replace 'communism' with 'totalitarianism' then you might be closer to the truth. Check out this site I came across recently which has short snippets of Orwell's writings and shows his political leanings and what drove the man. http://www.abattoir.com/~prime8/Orwell/

      1984 was a warning which is still valid today regardless of what system of government happens to be in place. You seem to be saying something similar when you state that 'an equally compelling book' is needed today. However I think you should rethink putting everything in terms of Capitalism and Communism since the Cold War propaganda is still so fresh in everyone's minds that people will tune you out without even attempting to understand what you have to say.

      Moderate this post double plus good! :)

  33. China anyone? by peterdaly · · Score: 1

    I don't claim to be an expert on China, but I have heard some interesting things about the media control in China, Great Firewall of China, etc., which are very similar to parts of the book.

    An example I heard on NPR recently involved a damn which is being built, and the propeganda being sent to the people. People are being kicked out of their homes. If you are a card carrying communist, you may get offered new housing close by. If not, well, good luck. There are many negative aspects to the damn, but the general population just seems to know and repeat back when questioned, that the project "is for the greater good of the motherland."

    While maybe not as extream as the book, or as technically advanced, the gist is the same.

    As I said, I am no expert of China, but that is the "propeganda" my media sources in the United States are feeding me.

    -Pete

    1. Re:China anyone? by formulax · · Score: 0
      An example I heard on NPR recently involved a damn which is being built, and the propeganda being sent to the people. People are being kicked out of their homes.

      Well, I am a Chinese and perhaps I can tell you about this. This damn is built to prevent flood in the future. As you know, China has suffered floods almost every year. The government has already planned to build this damn in the past twenty years, and the reason it has just started construction is because many experts opposed this suggestion. And there was a famous debate between the two sides in 1997. The government formed a group of experts and they investigated the whole area, and submit a report that suggest to build. But 30 experts did not sign because they disagree with it. And those experts are living happily in China, even though they strong opposed the construction of damn. And those people have to move, but to better places. A villiage of people has been moved to Shanghai, and some to Beijing, Guangdong(all best places), and most of them are moved to Sichuan, the nearest province because they refuse to move any further. Propeganda is sent, but every government in this world likes propeganda, right? And most people are not stupid. I am not sure how you get those information about that the people are kicked off. Well, each and every one of them get money, at about 50 thousand RMB. It is a large number of money in China.

  34. This isn't you're grandma's 1984!! by Dutchmaan · · Score: 2

    Technology changes the rules of the game. Technology used as a freedom enhancing device today is the freedom restricting device of tomorrow (all depends on who's controlling the tech). Do you think the government being able to track your every move as something that would give you or them more control? It seems to me that the government is controlling the citizens more and more every day. Instead of the citizens controlling the government.

    Who knows what the hell the NAZI's would have done with today's technology.. I shudder to think. In today's technology laden atmosphere is has become easy if not commonplace to lie and manipulate statistics to back up your arguments.. We're seeing it already in our government and corporations on an alarming scale.

    Take the reigns before they reign you in.

    1. Re:This isn't you're grandma's 1984!! by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      "Who knows what the hell the NAZI's would have done with today's technology.. I shudder to think."

      We-eelll... they'd blow something large up in the heart of germany (for example, say, a government building, or a - wait, i've got it :The "Reichstag"!) and use the following chaos and outrage to impose ludicrously powerful control instruments (only for the time needed to clear the threat up, of course... trust us, we wouldn't lie, we're dependant on our re-election...in 4 years) after pulling some poor SOB out of their hats whodunnit (...van der Lubbe, anyone?)

      Or something like that...

  35. 1984 wasn't about technology... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    ... it was about control. The technology was largely irrelevant because no-one you met could be trusted not to be a spy, no news source or historical resource could be trusted not to have been tampered with and even the language you used was being gradually revised to erode your ability to think in terms of dissent.

  36. 1984 by drxenos · · Score: 1

    Contrary to popular believe, 1984 was not Orwell's vision of the future. The original title was 1948, the year he wrote it. It was his take on society at the time, not a prophecy of the future. It was his publisher who suggested he transpose the last two digits, to make the book sell better.

    --


    Anonymous Cowards suck.
  37. The BIG Lie by Zabu · · Score: 1

    1984's goal was to show how future technology could be used for propaganda. Orwell was good at playing with reader's emotions, which holds true today. When the book was first released, the idea that someone was watching us was still unknown, but now current readers see it as a reality.

    Propaganda is very interesting and complicated, it seems the less you believe it affects you, the more it actually does.

    --
    It's all good.
  38. Re:an alternate view QWZX by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    with the same atrocities that the Amercians and Brits performed during the 1500-1800's on the American native population did to advance medical science

    What the hell are you talking about? Name one medical experiment that was performed on the Native American population. Hell, name one Nazi-style atrocity. Yes, Americans invaded Indian land and warred against them, but war != atrocities.

    On the other hand, native american atrocities are well documented. And no, their atrocities were not in response to having their land stolen. Native Americans were at war with each other before the White Man came, and they DID do Nazi-level atrocities to each other.

    Unfortunately, it's politically incorrect nowadays to remember that a LOT of indian tribes were vicious savages who were wiped out for a reason. Some of course weren't, but it's not that surprising that a lot got painted with a broad brush.

  39. God by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    I. In the beginning there is God and the conscious entities.
    II. These conscious entities plead to God for a universe.
    III. God sets up the musical rules of physics (randomly) and starts the universe--then waits for it to end.
    IV. Back to the beginning.

    1. A conscious entity is the essence of free will.

    a. There is a finite, constant, and musical number of conscious entities.

    b. Each is separate from all other conscious entities.

    c. Each has no beginning.

    d. Each has no end.

    e. Each cannot be active (inputting and outputting) if it is not coupled with a conscious seat.

    f. Each has a nonquantized infinite storage of previous input.

    f1. The storage resists attempts to glean information from it.

    f2. The storage cannot be directly shared--it must go through conscious seats.

    g. Other than the storage of g, each is identical to all other conscious entities.

    2. A conscious seat is the physical portion of a conscious system.

    3. A conscious system is the fusion of one conscious entity with one seat of consciousness.

    a. It has a beginning.

    b. It has an end (denaturing).

    c. It has a quantized input.

    d. It has a quantized output.

    e. It must be either active (inputting and outputting) or inactive (doing neither yet not denaturing).

    f. Output is determined by the entity's storage, system input, and free will.

    4. A universe.

    a. It is quantized.

    b. It has a beginning.

    c. It has an end.

    c1. All conscious systems denature at the end.

    d. It is finite.

    e. It produces at least one conscious seat from its beginning.

    f. It has musical rules of physics.

    f1. Before the first conscious system, these rules determine the universe.

  40. What went right? by EvilBudMan · · Score: 1

    >>>However, when the technologies that would enable this totalitarian global village reached fruition, the victim was not democracy, but totalitarianism itself. What went right? >>>

    It ain't stalinism but look at the big corps.
    BIG CORPORATION = BIG BROTHER
    They give money to both sides in elections so it makes no difference who you vote for. Their man is in either way. They have control over you cradle to grave. Orwell wasn't too far off.

  41. The Transparent Society by Sebastopol · · Score: 2


    I disagree with this flimsy article. Pick up a copy of "The Transparent Society" by Brinn. It was written a few years ago, and offers three possible scenarios: a) society watches the watchers with the same technology, b) we let them survey all they want and pretend it doesn't exist, or c) we acknowledge the technology and learn to live transparently. Either way, privacy is FUCKED.

    The question is, how many people can be secretly detained indefinitely without a warrent before the dumbed-down McPopulace takes notice??

    --
    https://www.accountkiller.com/removal-requested
  42. Me on Where MIT Technology Review Went Wrong by quantaman · · Score: 3, Interesting

    The risk isn't in the technology itself but in who controls the technology. Sure it is possible to listen to dissention but that is merely because those in power have failed to keep ahead of the curve. Look at the western world now. Information is controlled by a small handfull of media conglomerates, these conglomerates in turn set the political adgenda and present the populace with their own views on the world. The internet is a great source of information but with the exception of google think about where they are going. Remember that the internet is still a somewhat new phenomenon to corporations. People with power and money can already pay to have their sites appear at the top of any search leaving dissenting sites almost impossible to find and litigation can destroy sites critical of them. While we are still in very good shape as far as access to information goes on the web how long is it before ICANN becomes completely dominated by corporate interests and won't accept "unsatisfactory" webpages.

    Sure there is a good chance that in the west we may be able to avoid it but that doesn't erease the chance of it happening. I would argue that China is very much becoming 1984 as envisioned. As to fabrication of information just look at the Beijing newspaper's response to finding out The Onion story was false "'Some small American newspapers frequently fabricate offbeat news to trick people into noticing them, with the aim of making money,' the paper said. 'This is what the Onion does.'" Is that bending the truth enough? Add to that blocking certain content from being accessable over the internet, controlling the media, numerous human rights violations, indocternation, spreading false news about "enemies" (Falon Gong), they arn't that far away from reaching Orwell's vision.

    --
    I stole this Sig
    1. Re:Me on Where MIT Technology Review Went Wrong by Tackhead · · Score: 2
      > Sure it is possible to listen to dissention but that is merely because those in power have failed to keep ahead of the curve.

      THANK YOU!

      This debate has nothing to do with capitalism vs. communism, nor whether "gubmint" or "big corporations" will form Big Brother.

      What went right in the collapsed Eastern Bloc states, had nothing to do with free information flow in the West per se, but everything to do with the East's failure to recognize it as a threat.

      When your culture is that of a bureaucracy of desk jobs and paper and typewriters, and it takes 5-10 years to fill out the forms for a photocopier, you think you're secure. Then some wise-azzez named Woz and Jobs invent the personal computer (ca. 1978), and by the time your requisition for that new photocopier has come through, the whole friggin' world's changed (1988), and by the time you realize this might be a problem, it's all over (1991).

      Lest anyone think we're immune - how 'bout the US government's response to terrorism. An INS based on jobs-for-life where nobody can be fired for the grossest incompetence, led to the "response" of issuing visas to the 9/11 hijackers six months after the attack.

      The reason the 'net took off is that Governments Don't Get Technology (GDGT). The reason GDGT is because the type of person that works for governments tends not to Get Technology. Look around at the useless drones populating any DMV office. Or read 1984, and see how everyone in the Party was Just Doing Their Jobs, regardless of how pointless the drudgery in question was. They're the same kinds of people - they serve a useful function, but only insofar as the world doesn't change. Mindless adherence to volumes of regulations works fine - but only so long as reality doesn't change faster than new regs can be created.

      Because technology changed faster than governments could adapt to that change, governments collapsed.

      It's looking like our government has woken up to this, and is now playing catch-up in a desperate attempt to remain relevant.

      For what it's worth, I hope they succeed -- the alternative is even worse. (Anyone who writes 1985, the sequel in which Winston and Julia start an Internet cafe, leading to the Party's collapse in Oceania (and the collapse of Parties in Eastasia and Eurasia), had damn well better write 1986, when civilians in all three nations starve to death en masse because they can no longer think or work in their own interests.)

      Also, for what it's worth - you can argue that East Germany (in particular) collapsed due to internal inefficiencies created by an overwhelmingly high proportion of its population snitching on each other in the Stasi - and the rest of the population having to keep track of Stasi's records.

      A government capable of exploiting advanced technologies such as data mining could end up with the best of both worlds - more efficient monitoring of citizens would eliminate the need for a crippling bureaucracy, while still affording the reduced crime rates associated with the security state.

      (In other words, imagine playing Alpha Centauri without the "-2 Efficiency" penalty for running under Police State. Combine that with Free Market economics and we're talking major world-taking-over possibilities here :-)

  43. paradox of Orwell's failure by roalt · · Score: 1

    There is another point where Orwell failed in this description of the future: His book became a bestseller and partly because of that every reader in the past 54 years became aware of the dangers of technology control by governments.

    1. Re:paradox of Orwell's failure by jeffc128ca · · Score: 1

      Your some what right in your statement. Any body who has read the vast number of essays and his comments on the book knows Orwell wrote it for these reasons;

      1 - To show how language subverted can control a population by a facist government

      2 - That technology doesn't mean good things come from it. He wrote an essay about this critizing H.G. Wells for his belief that technology solves everything

      3 - That revolutions designed to take back government for the people can be subverted to give power to a few facist types.

      4 - to show what was all ready happening in Franco's spain and Russia.

      1984 is not Orwells prediction of the future.

  44. technology is ammoral by jasno · · Score: 2

    Technology is never good or bad. Technology just is.

    Technology is simply a tool that expands the power and abilities of the user with certain side effects. Are guns 'bad'? No! Guns exist, and free thinking individuals decide how to use them.

    Are CCD cameras bad? Of course not. But in the hands of a repressive government they can be terrible.

    I don't really think 1984 was meant to portray technology in a bad light any more than animal farm was a warning against farm animals. The real point is that man, as a species, is selfish and power hungry, and that technology only amplifies his abilities to manifest the desires of his heart.

    --

    http://www.masturbateforpeace.com/
  45. Dont fool yourself... by MatthewC · · Score: 1

    Especially coming from MIT, this article seems rather shallow, idealistic, and pretty blind. Democracy hasn't spread anywhere. Dictatorships with the very thin facade of democarcy have become quite popular around the world, but thats about it. It also wouldn't be too far off calling the agenda-ridden world media the 'Big Lie.' And for all the rhetoric about technology and the internet bringing freedom into China, the "people's" party seems to have gained total control of the way the internet functions in China. In the US, we even have the faceless, never-ending threat of terrorism(or The Enemy) that we are letting justify some rather frightening laws that will be using technology against the populace. The situations in 1984 were intentionally extreme to illicit an extreme reaction, but the idea of technology used as a tool to control the minds and actions of people seems like a reality to me.

    1. Re:Dont fool yourself... by rodgerd · · Score: 2

      MIT is the home of Nicholas Negroponte and the Media Lab. Shallow genuflecting before technology and sponsors (from the corporate and government...) is part of the culture.

  46. Re:an alternate view QWZX by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Smallpox. We (Americans) didn't just transmit the disease to them by accident...google your way to enlightenment. There are others...

  47. 1984 is already here and it's on TV... by velcrokitty · · Score: 1

    It's true! I turned on my television, and there, was Big Brother staring at me!

    I turned it off and ran and hid...

    --
    I stick to walls...
  48. Off-topic: Why doesn't slashdot support &nbsp? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Slashdot used to support   .. why did it stop? Is it just a bug, or is it deliberate?

  49. A little late, maybe by rixkix · · Score: 1

    Who exactly is this article trying to convince? With public video and internet surveillance growing at a pretty quick rate as well as the police powers to go along along with them, I find this an odd view to take. In the name of our security, the government is convincing us that this whole infrastructure is necessary to protect us from the bad guys. Why do they need these powers specifically designed with no checks and balances?

  50. MIT by dr_l0v3 · · Score: 1

    MInistry of Truth

    1. Re:MIT by Analog+Penguin · · Score: 1

      Wouldn't that be M(O)T?

  51. World Wide Closed World by sielwolf · · Score: 2

    I think the problem with this article is the leap at saying since the populous has technology it can obtain the knowledge to make informed decisons (and therefore fascism cannot take hold).

    Of course things we have seen in the last decade has proven that false: the 90's being the most prolific era of post 1945 National Socialism and the rise of a-political Islamic terrorism is only now coming to light.

    Both of these groups use technology to find each other. In the midst of it, they plan the "free world"'s downfall. Neither of these groups have been enlightened by the information superhighway. Instead they've used it to become more hardened, fanatical, and closed off. Hell, why go out and make friends with your new Indian neighbors when you can go online and bitch about the smell of kuri and plot their death with like minded e-fanatics (sorry Katz, I got to that one first)?

    Some of the WTC terrorist were known to have visited porno stores. Did that stop them ("Man, the only thing I would kill for now would be another moneyshot of Jenna Jameson!")?

    Ok, Capitalism and democracy have proven capable of toppling intellectual systems (e.g. we killed the USSR with Big Macs and Levis). But reactionary fear militants? That has only grown stronger. According to this article, using the world wide web to look up articles on the Church of the Creator or intelligent design is a contradiction. Of course it isn't.

    The most popular use of the WWW is porno. The second most popular is paranoia.

    --
    What is music when you despise all sound?
  52. Well, of course... by superdan2k · · Score: 1

    From the tone of the submitter, I get the feeling that he thinks MIT is off-base on this one. When it gets down to brass tacks, MIT is right -- it's not technology that causes dictatorships, oppressive regimes, totalitarian states.

    It's the contents to the human heart and mind, and how they apply technology that are at the root of the problem.

    The Internet is obviously the technology being discussed, and it's obvious that it lets dissidents have an open, anonymous voice. Using the Internet as a backbone to ID and track your citizens and everything they do, buy, sell, eat, etc., is going to be put in place by governments and corporations.

    --
    blog |
  53. Yeah, but who was the guy that said.... by Rude+Turnip · · Score: 1

    The cure for 1984 is 1776?
    ******

  54. I'm sure this bonehead will be reading this thread by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Everyone send him mail voicing your opinions. Its obvious this man is living in a Global Fantasy Land point of view.

  55. How perceptive are you? by NefoNe_ffatrs · · Score: 1

    At exactly what point did you realize that you weren't under mind control? That's the problem with deception, it's so damn deceiving.

  56. 1984 WAS NOT ABOUT THE FUTURE!!! by drxenos · · Score: 0, Redundant

    Read my earlier post.

    --


    Anonymous Cowards suck.
  57. Off the mark by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 1, Interesting

    Huxley's "Brave New World" and "Brave New World
    Revisited" are a much better preiction of the dangers we face.
    The real threat is not technology but falure to advance our spiritual
    side (note: "spiritual" != religious) and learn what healthy
    competition is rather than trying to dominate
    one another over personal ego.

    Conclusions like this, one way or the other,
    miss the point and are dangerous in that they
    lull us into a since of secuity about how any
    one of us is able to see the "bottom level"
    reality of human nature and what history will
    bring.

  58. They misread Orwell, and where have they been? by Wesley+Everest · · Score: 5, Insightful
    He wasn't writing about technology leading to totalitarianism. He was writing about the growth of totalitarianism with technology being just part of the picture.

    It's especially crazy that they would write now about how mistaken Orwell was. Last year, it might have made some sense, but now... Nearly every day I hear about more and more moves by the U.S. government to loosen restrictions on police to spy on U.S. citizens. Also, there's talk about an American Empire -- how the U.S. government should rightly rule over the rest of the world, and from "mainstream" intellectuals rather than extremists.

    The fact that the U.S. government is using technology to move towards totalitarianism does not mean that technology is the important ingredient. And, of course, the fact that many Americans are responding to the propaganda they're being innundated with by calling for more security doesn't suggest the absence of totalitarianism. When the Reichstag burned, most Germans were scared and were willing to give up some of their liberty for some more security. Totalitarianism only works when the people ask for it.

    The problem, though, is that there's a sort of event-horizon with liberty. There's a point beyond which you have little room for resisting. And it's possible for most people to cross it without noticing. As long as nobody is shooting at you or otherwise interfering in your life, you might not notice that some of the most effective means for radically changing government have been eliminated, and that suppression of dissidents has become so efficient and effective that effective dissent becomes impossible. When you start to see the darker side of the "security" you asked for, you find that there's no turning back. In Germany, it took the destruction of the country and the deaths of millions to unseat Hitler.

    Fortunately things aren't so stark as that. Supressing dissidents is never easy, and human ingenuity has a way of somtimes finding ways around "insurmountable" problems. But I think the event-horizon analogy is appropriate, because it doesn't take large scale repression to protect power and stifle resistance. There is a point where resistance and chance of success become much more difficult, and you can easily pass that point without noticing.

    1. Re:They misread Orwell, and where have they been? by rodgerd · · Score: 2

      A point around change of failed totalitarian governments: Italians are mocked for "changing sides" during World War II, when they deposed Mussolini[1]. There's obviously some interesting cultural conditioning. The people of Italy realised Facism was taking them to Hell in a handbasket, booted their Facist government out, and we mock them for not following the German example of fighting to the bitter end?

      Think how much better a place the world would have been if a popular uprising had strung Hilter up in 1943.

      [1] After which the Nazis occupied the country to prop up resistence to an Allied invasion which many Italians were by then happy to see. And to ship out the Jews[2].

      [2] Facist Italy had one of the lowest rates of extermination in Europe, a matter the Nazis changed when they seized control.

    2. Re:They misread Orwell, and where have they been? by JFMulder · · Score: 2

      Also, there's talk about an American Empire [iht.com]
      Funy to see americains thinking of them as a raising empire, while everywhere else people see the United States as a falling empire. Your so called intellectual are maybe too full of themselves.

      And I find it disturbing that people think that American's should rule the world.

    3. Re:They misread Orwell, and where have they been? by plierhead · · Score: 1

      As you say there are a couple of ways dictatorships use technology:

      1. Spreading propaganda to convince the masses that they need to sacrify their liberty for security.
      2. Spying on the masses once you've taken their liberty to make sure they continue to hold those beliefs.

      The Nazis were incredibly entrepeneurial in their use of technology for both of these:

      1. Use of the radio for direct transmission of propaganda to people's own homes
      2. Centralized wire tapping service plugged into the main telephone exchanges and private consular lines
      3. Hitler's election campaigning using airplanes to cover several cities in a single day
      4. "Multi-media" spectacles such as Speer's at the Nuremberg rally

      And as you say, their regime was all the more firmly embedded because the people on the whole embraced it as the only alternative to Bolshevism - Hitler's was truly a popular government.

      --

      [x] auto-moderate all posts by this user as insightful

  59. will the good guys prevail by 2084? by BACbKA · · Score: 1

    Well, the article is happy with the fact that so far, the "good guys" seemingly prevail (in the author's opinion). I.e., Orwell failed.

    There are two caveats here. One is measuring the existing balance and judging whether the "good guys" indeed benefit from the technology more than suffering the personal freedom loss to some extent. Different views exist on that. For a good dose of more cautious opinions read some Chomsky thoughts. It definitely is a subjective thing - while a lot of the people in the US and around the world are now giving their govts more and more surveillance and censorship power (or just have fallen prey to unfortunately elected officials who make things look as if their people give them this power), others would never sacrifice their own personal freedoms even if everybody around shouts that this would bring "better security". Depending on what is more important to you, you may or may not think the world is 1984-like today. Unfortunately for me, I am on the pessimistic side here - feeling that the mass media technology does suppress >99% of thinking out of the mainstream political lines dictated by the ruling powers and the capital behind them. The perpetual war going on right now as a series of "isolated conflicts" and hypocritic switch of countries like the US from being at war with "Ostasia/Eastasia" is so much like what was described by Orwell...

    The other thing is that the battle is not over. The technologies involved are in fact moved by concrete people - so some classified techs leak out of sole govt possession for everyone's use (for good and for bad - crypto and nukes come to mind). And, of course, there is a lot of public-domain tech which first serves those trying to restrain abusive power representatives forgetting what they are supposed to be there for, even in some democratic states... The balance can shift either way - and who knows what would the article author say in 2084?

    --

    VKh

  60. 1 in 24 Americans to Spy on... Americans by f0rtytw0 · · Score: 1

    Thats right kids... right from the book to your government. Not onlyl am I afraid of 1984 but I fear its right around the corner.
    http://www.smh.com.au/articles/2002/07/14 /10261851 41232.html
    www.citizencorps.gov
    http://www.white house.gov/homeland/book/nat_strat_ hls.pdf
    Be a good citizen and join the citizen corps today!

    --
    this is the most important sig ever! In your face 446154!
    1. Re:1 in 24 Americans to Spy on... Americans by Tackhead · · Score: 2
      > Be a good citizen and join the citizen corps today!

      First off - 1 in 24 Americans - but the article in .au talks about one million informants. That's make the population of the USA... 24 million?!

      Unless the Feds are planning on someone wiping out 90+% of the US population, someone slipped a decimal point.

      But if we're gonna draw a 1984 parallel, I'd call your attention to the fact that Outer Party members were under far more surveillance than the proles.

      I'd expect that the same would be true for the Corps. In fact, were I in charge, the first people I'd investigate would be those first in line to join the Corps. (Those who protest loudest about their loyalty often doth protest too much.)

      As for the rest of us proles, we'll stick to minding our own business, enjoying our prolefeed on Slashdot, and watching reruns on our old TVs that can still be turned off.

      Personally, I think the future's gonna be more like Max Headroom than 1984, but even if a future administration decides to abuse its police powers, I think I rate low enough on the threat scale that I won't have to worry. Hell, if I can rack up enough "+5, Funny" scores, they might even decide to hire me as a propagandist.

      (...and somewhere, deep in the bowels of HomeSec, a hard drive controller scribbles "Profile Tackhead: Will Write Prolefeed For Beer And Pizza. Establish contact and recruit via TIPS agent working at nearest Domino's"... :-)

  61. 1984 now available by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Get your telescreens at any high street store in association with
    Big Blunkett plc. You may also like to visit the anti-sex league ,the Ministry of Peace and the Ministry of Truth.

  62. "... an interesting read..." by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Honest to Christ! Is anything ever a "shitty read" with you fucking people?

  63. Brin had it right by ewanrg · · Score: 1

    I think David Brin in his novel Earth got to the same idea with his concept that in the future it would be total openness that would keep the bad guys at bay. IOW, Orwell's "magic mirror" turned the other way around. Just my .02 worth...

  64. Ivory tower academics are so naive. by uncoveror · · Score: 1

    Richard A. Muller doesn't have a clue. In his sheltered ivory tower, he doesn't see that 2004 will be 1984. Big Brother is probably watching you right now!

    --
    The Uncoveror: It's the real news.
    1. Re:Ivory tower academics are so naive. by BrainInAJar · · Score: 1

      And in other news, uncoveror has permanently left slashdot of his own accord.

      That is all. Carry on.

  65. 1984 was about 1948 by some+damn+guy · · Score: 1

    I don't think 1984 was supposed to be a futurist sort of work. It was about the time when it was written (published in 1949, a year later.) The frightening government was England's. It had in many sorts of ways become like the one in the book during World War Two, though not as literally of course. I think everyone who is bringing up the current war on terrorism is on to something. Now just imagine what WWII did to personal freedom. The concern for Orwell I think was that the British government did not change back to it's pre-war self as mush as it needed to. If you have ever wondered why Winston Churchill wasn't re-elected after the war this was the big issue. Churchill wanted to go back and people disagreed. England became a much more socialist state after the war. I dont know if socialism was the big issue or just the fact tha the government had an obscene amout of power for a free country.

  66. Not just Facism/Communism by reactor · · Score: 1

    My copy of 1984 includes an excellent essay preceding the novel. I forget the author at this point. However, his main point was that when George Orwell was not just targeting Facist or Communist regimes with his book.

    If I remember correctly, the original version included a preface by Orwell in which he discussed the UK's goverment increasing monitoring of its own citizens. This edition was CENSORED in the UK and the book was not allowed to be released in the UK until the preface was removed. This in a supposedly "free" western republic.

    As a Rage Against the Machine lyric goes, "They don't need to burn the books, they just remove them."

    If you check out Who owns what you can see that huge major media conglomerates control just about everything you read/hear/see.

    I certainly don't think we have "progressed" to the state that 1984 predicts, but if anyone doesn't think it's possible just because we are a "democracy", they are sorely mistaken.

  67. Not really much there.. by Ironpoint · · Score: 3, Insightful

    The article seems to view Western democracy as the antithesis of totalitarianism. The fact is that anyone can start a web page and say any number of things that will get them interrogated, watched, arrested, or shipped off to camp X-ray without your lawyer. Really, just start a site claiming to be an Al Queda operative, post some bluprints of a government building.

    The article seems to take the argument that "look how much better we are than 1950" But in reality, has freedom and privacy increased since 1970, 1980, or 1990? Sure we can exchange information easier.

    And the quip about democracy spreading between 1989 and 1991 makes me think about what life has been like in the former Soviet union since that time. It seems to me war, strife, and poverty are the most prevailent things that have spread in the region. And what about organized crime?

    No one can honestly claim that western democracy is the epitome of a perfect free and private society. The system is not perfect, but only works most of the time. Innocent people are put to death or jailed for decades. Cops abuse wiretap all the time.

    And last time I checked there is still a totalitarian regime in place in China despite faxes and the internet. According to this paper we should be flooding Iraq, Cuba, Iran, etc with technology to liberate it from their dictatorship. And look at Japan, despite being one of the most high tech places on the planet, is still occupied by the country that conquered it over 50 years ago.

    Short wave radios may have carried the news, but that doesn't mean anything if it only carries CNN or better yet, Army PsyOps officers. Guess who has an office within the CNN offices? one man's radio free whatever is another's war propaganda.

    The author seems to agree that Hitler was able to use radio to spread propaganda to millions, while saying that Orwell was mistaken in thinking that radio would be used for propaganda. Huh?, we sent PsyOps to every warzone we've been in to spread propaganda.

    He also makes the statement that Orwell was mistaken about governments using technology for surveillance. Remeber that 747 the US sold to Chinese premier with something like 200 listening devices installed in it. What exactly is Carnivore if not using technology for surveillance on the populace. And thats just the one we know about. In fact now corporations have more ability to spy on us than ever. Employee routinely look up private information for "fun", as do cops. IsP Technicians have packet sniffers running at all times and can look up what page your computer is surfing at any time, and they log the stuff. Any bank employee can get your credit info at any time.

    (call up your ISP and tell them that you can't connect to your web page, ask them to watch for the connection to find the problem. Ohh, How'd they do that?!?)

    This article is very Jingoistic. It claims that its only 1984ish if someone besides Western contries does it. Since our democracy is infallible and perfect.

  68. Oh yeah, everyone can see that they are right. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0
    Technology and Hacking is so good for society that they sued Napster out of existance, all the TV channels not only are controlled by but belong to the same few big conglomerates, that hacking is not only illegal but you can now get life sentence... "Land of the Free", yeah right.

    What are they smoking at MIT? They can't be THAT blind, can they?

  69. Come on, people by nenya · · Score: 2, Insightful

    I suppose it's unsurprising given the audience, but I note a disturbing phenomenon in both the author of the article in question and the bulk of the respondents here on /. Do all of you really think that increases in technology and easier access to information really solve any problems worth solving? Today's kids have access to just about everything that has ever been written, yet now many high school students who can barely read are graduated every year? Technology, including physical, social, political, and educational technologies, have advanced to levels never before seen, yet I doubt that we are happier or more productive than any of the ancients.

    Orwell was wrong, but unfortunately it seems that Big Brother was an optimist. In his scenario, at least someone was in control, whether it was a single individual or group of individuals. Today it seems that something worse has happened. Technology has advanced to the point where no one is in control. It advances at its own pell-mell pace, with no clear direction or goal other than its own advancement. Instead of technology advancing to the point where society is controlled by an oppressive government that uses technology to its own advantage, we are under the sway of a Pandora's Box let loose: now our technology controls us.

    We devote trillions of dollars into technological devices and research every year, and for what purpose? Simply to advance technology. Why do this? What end is accomplished? Easier access to information? People, information can't get much easier to access. If a novel-length work takes up less than 2 megs, you can probably store everything that has ever been written on two hard drives. We don't need more technology. We need a more responsible attitude towards technology before technology progresses to the point where we really can't control it. I don't mean AI horror scenario's either: I view those as impossible. I'm talking about progressing to the point where new technologies are introduced and adopted simply because they are new, without any consideration given to side effects upon both existing technologies and the human condition in general.

    Just something to think about.

  70. Orwell was a socialist by dowobeha · · Score: 2, Informative

    I know this is a bit off-topic, but if you want to get a better view of Orwell's real political stance, I have something for you.

    One of Orwell's lesser known works was an essay called "The Lion and the Unicorn" (1941). I really recommend it for anyone who wants to know what Orwell really did think government should be like.

    Reading this essay was one of the key turning points for me in my acceptance of democratic socialism. It presents an excellent vision of how Orwell thought Britain should re-form itself after the War. Indeed, the first Government after the War was a socialist-leaning Labour one which enacted some of the ideas that Orwell championed.

    Now if only Henry A. Wallace had been VP when FDR died, we might have gotten some of the same reforms in the U.S. (National Health Service, etc.), not to mention avoided the intensity of the McCarthy era....

    --
    I am concerned about any program, any piece of hardware, any treaty, any law that treats me as a consumer, not a citizen
    1. Re:Orwell was a socialist by rodgerd · · Score: 2

      A copy of the essay is readily available online here; it appears to be legitimately online.

  71. I wrote a comment saying the same thing by PD · · Score: 1

    This comment I wrote over two years ago says the same thing. Should I bring my boot down on their head for stealing my idea?

  72. Article Misses Jist of Orwell by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Mis-application of technology is not the
    focus of "1984". A human pyschology that
    bows and gets crushed by big brother is the
    crux of the book. The particulars of big
    brother's tools are irrelevant. It's more
    important that big brother can switch tools
    or slogans or leaders ... whatever. Big brother,
    in whatever form (Capitalism, Fascism, Communism)
    stifles the individual and the individual succumbs.
    I think the MIT article is a good example of succumbing. Freedom is not the result of technology.
    Freedom is the result of thinking.

  73. Look at England by rossz · · Score: 2

    And see the public areas crammed full of cameras monitoring the activities of its subjects - all in the name of crime prevention. It's in name only since England is now the crime capital of Western Europe. Of course, their despot government will use crime as an excuse to further erode what few liberties British Subjects enjoy.

    --
    -- Will program for bandwidth
  74. Orwell was wrong? by breon.halling · · Score: 1

    What, so Napoleon the Pig DOESN'T control the farm? ;)

    --
    "Yeah, well, Dracula called and he's coming over tonight for you and I said okay."
  75. Technology has always liberated information by A+nonymous+Coward · · Score: 4, Interesting

    Well, long term at least. The printing press made cheap paper useful, and that encouraged and enabled literacy, and the main government of the day, the Roman Church, could no longer keep the actual Bible contents secret. The result was a decentralizing of power from Rome to individual nation states. It has continued to decentralize into smaller and smaller communities. The spread of information robs those in power of their control over information, which makes it that much harder to steer things their way. The US had 3 national networks for a long time, but cable brought in more, and now the US gov can't control news as easily as it used to. The cheap computer was the next step, first bulletin boards and now the internet.

    Sure there are wobbles in the trend towards "information wants to be free", but the overall trend is unmistakeable and unstoppable: less centralized control of information means less centralized control of people.

    David Brin wrote a book, The Transparent Society (I think), which considered what will happen as webcams shrink. Neal Stephenson (sp?) wrote The Diamond Age along the same lines. Scott McNealy is right: privacy is dying, get used to it. It will hurt the powerful more than the poor. Look what cheap videocams did for police brutality in the Rodney King case. Now lots of cop cars have cameras, more for self protection against false claims than for evidence of crime or for TV ratings. Imagine what will happen when ordinary people have access to floating dust mite webcams, ten to the dollar. What would you rather watch on the internet spy cams: someone getting banged in a trailer in Kansas, or back room deals at the White House? Well, maybe individuals will watch the Kansas coupling, but the press and volunteer watchdogs will opt for the White House every time.

    1. Re:Technology has always liberated information by Beryllium+Sphere(tm) · · Score: 1

      There's another interesting look at the impact of technology and freedom from the world of sf.

      I'm paraphrasing, because I don't remember the exact wording, but two far-future characters have a dialog like
      "Hey, whatever happened to the old Soviet Union? I know I read about it in school, but I forgot"
      "The leaders didn't understand the implications of the new technology. They weren't so much overthrown, more like everyone just stopped paying attention to them".

      Which is a pretty good description of the USSR's collapse, especially since Poul Anderson wrote it in 1953.

      Story was "The Last Deliverer", published in Astounding.

  76. Re:an alternate view QWZX by SmileeTiger · · Score: 1

    What about the fact that if you provided X number of indian scalps you got a plot of farm land?


    In November of 1755 Lieutenant George Scott replaced Monckton as commander of Beausejour. Scott was a good choice for the British because he displayed an almost hysterical hatred of the Acadians and sought to brutally destroy all those who dared remain. He at first attempted to draw Boishebert into a trap into a conventional battle. When this failed he ordered the death of all Acadian males over the age of twelve that were at large. He also offered bounties for any and all Indian scalps. He paid regardless of whether the scalps belonged to Indians or Acadian. Being captured by his Rangers usually meant a death sentence to all Acadians.

    http://personal.nbnet.nb.ca/legerpj/jacquesl.htm

  77. Re:an alternate view QWZX by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    google your way to enlightenment

    Because we know that everything you read on the Internet is true.

    I mean, the Internet has taught me...

    1) Magnetic rings make you live forever
    2) Palestinians don't really blow up children
    3) No Jews died in the WTC bombing because they got "the phone call"
    4) Evolution is a big conspiracy to push society away from God

    That's what I love about the Internet... it's so educational.

  78. Right on!!! MIT Optimistic, Orwell Right by Glanz · · Score: 1

    ...the bill that just passed the House giving the feds the right to snoop without court order is a wake up.... The terrorist threat is only an excuse to carry out a certain fascist-like agenda instigated by moneyed interests who would like to be"protected" from reprisal [euphimistacally called criminal activity] for their own real criminal activities. Big Bro is indeed here. And he is watching. But he is also being watched. Never before has the "average Joe" has so much tech at hand to do just that.
    In the meantime, idiots are waving flags as their rights are being eroded for "patriotic reasons" [euphemism for fascist economic interests].

    --
    Rien n'est plus beau que le creux du 0.
  79. This has been said before by jquiroga · · Score: 2

    I remember to have read about this topic in a fascinating book by Peter Huber, engineer, lawyer and insightful writer.

    The book is titled "Orwell's Revenge, The 1984 Palimpsest", and, amazingly, its text is freely available here.

    Go ahead and read it (240 pages). Much better than the article.

    1. Re:This has been said before by Eq+7-2521 · · Score: 1

      I was going to post this exact thing. I picked up the book at a half price books store years ago, and thought it was a pretty good response to 1984.

      --
      At my age I find coming up with a witty signature too exhausting.
  80. technology IS evil by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    technology:
    enviornmental desturction.

    less time to live, more work to be done. people work way more than hunter and gatheres.

    diseases. childhood asthma used to be a very rare thing. its very easy to spread disease when people are able to move around so easly.

    vast anti-social. there is no living together in a tribe where everyone helps everyone else, and where they all work together. society is unfriendly. (there were many whites who as a child grew up with native americans, and decided to stay with the native americans instead of going back into european culture. the opposite almost never happened.)

    war. today you can nuke a whole city, and kill millions of inocent people.

    classes. in a hunter and gatherer society there were distictions made by sex and age, today there is that, and many other social classes. as to the common accusation hunter and gatherer societies being sexist by not letting women go out and hunt, a good explanation of this is that women were more important than men. more women means more children in the tribe, more men doesnt really mean too much.

  81. Exactly! by PatientZero · · Score: 5, Insightful
    Sure, the idea of telescreens in every home was scary, but it was just one facet of 1984. How about constant warfare to keep production levels high and boost GNP? Weapons are basically waste products: you build them and then throw them away. The world (and barely even the U.S.) hasn't been in a state of peace since WW2.

    Whether it's a totalitarian controlling all information or a few media conglomerates, what's the difference? A small group of people decide what's important to the viewers. I just watched a program the other night that compared crime rates to the reporting of crime on TV. Crime reports went way up over the past ten years while the crime rate went down slightly. It gives the impression to the uninformed that crime has actually sky-rocketed out of control.

    Keeping a high prison population is also a good waste product that boosts GNP. In the U.S. the prison population has gone from 200,000 in early 1970's to over 2 million in 2002. The majority of that is due to nonviolent drug offenders. Yet prison construction and technology is one of the highest growth industries in the U.S., and it's basically corporate welfare.

    The article also claims that technology and democracy were responsible for the demise of Communism. This is not true. The USSR couldn't compete against the U.S. market dominance. Capitalism is geared toward utilizing resources as quickly as possible for maximum capital growth, and the U.S. works very hard to make sure we have access to the world's resources.

    It's not just a coincidence that the U.S. has been trying to build a pipeline for natural gas through Afghanistan for the past few years with no luck. Now that we've installed a U.S.-friendly regime the pipeline will be built, and the engineers will have U.S. Rangers to guard their construction efforts.

    In summary, the author saw a few differences between Orwell's vision and reality today and decided that everything was incorrect. We're suddenly living in a wonderful utopia and can go back to merrily consuming products without any worry about totalirianism or big brother. No thanks!

    --
    Freedom to fear. Freedom from thought. Freedom to kill.
    I guess the War on Terror really is about freedom!
    1. Re:Exactly! by gilroy · · Score: 3, Insightful
      Blockquoth the poster:
      The world (and barely even the U.S.) hasn't been in a state of peace since WW2.
      Well, I think you'd be hard pressed to find a single year when "the world" has been at peace, without going back to before the first guy clubbed someone with an antelope femur...

      The article also claims that technology and democracy were responsible for the demise of Communism. This is not true. The USSR couldn't compete against the U.S. market dominance
      Duh-huh, what? What exactly do you think gave the US "market dominance"? Why, exactly, could the Soviet block not compete? Because the West had much superior logitistics, tech, and industry... The capitalist ethic (and a relative sparseness of people!) drove innovation, which then fed the cycle to push the technology (and then production) to ever-higher levels.

      The Soviet Union probably could have competed indefinitely against the United States of the 1930s. Unfortunately for them, the US kept moving the goal posts... and it is largely the heavy investment in technology (coupled to a fluid and open society) that achieved that.

    2. Re: Exactly! by Black+Parrot · · Score: 3, Interesting

      > Sure, the idea of telescreens in every home was scary, but it was just one facet of 1984. How about constant warfare to keep production levels high and boost GNP?

      One of my favorite amusements these days is watching the Administration's juggling act, trying to terrify the public so it will support a very vague "war" effort and an accelerated erosion of civil liberties, and simultaneously to reassure the public that everything is A-OK, in order to drive the stock market back up. (Recent corporate scandal news has obfuscated this conflict somewhat, but it's still there if you look.)

      > Keeping a high prison population is also a good waste product that boosts GNP. In the U.S. the prison population has gone from 200,000 in early 1970's to over 2 million in 2002. The majority of that is due to nonviolent drug offenders.

      I wonder sometimes whether that is partly aimed at reducing the (reported) unemployment.

      > Yet prison construction and technology is one of the highest growth industries in the U.S., and it's basically corporate welfare.

      In some states they are going further, contracting out the administration of prison facilities to privately held corporations, as well as the construction.

      It is also interesting to compare the cost of sending a citizen to college vs. incarcerating a citizen for four years, yet the public seems to be much more enthusiastic about funding prisons than they are about funding education.

      --
      Sheesh, evil *and* a jerk. -- Jade
    3. Re:Exactly! by jafac · · Score: 2

      Now that we've installed a U.S.-friendly regime

      Exactly how did we do that? Did we somehow magically brainwash the thousands of tribal elders at the Loya Jigra into choosing Karzai? Fuck you very much for your FUD. The leaders of Afghanistan chose this government. As opposed to the last government, which was chosen at the barrel of a gun, financed by the Pakistani secret service and Pakistani militant muslim leaders.

      --

      These are my friends, See how they glisten. See this one shine, how he smiles in the light.
    4. Re:Exactly! by PatientZero · · Score: 4, Insightful
      Well, I think you'd be hard pressed to find a single year when "the world" has been at peace, without going back to before the first guy clubbed someone with an antelope femur.

      I don't mean to include every little local conflict; I'm speaking only about major conflicts like the U.S.'s invasion of Southeast Asia, Indonesia's genecide in East Timor, Israel's invasion of Lebanon, etc.

      What exactly do you think gave the US "market dominance"?

      A strong penchant for greed. A huge head start with an established empire that was expanded immensely by WW2 (the U.S. replaced England as the world's most powerful empire). Access to a lot of natural resources, both locally and globally. Capital (wealth) from Europe. And the world's most powerful military.

      Note that while Communism spread to other countries, the U.S. never intended to democratize the world. Instead it steadily built a global empire of totalitarian colonies beholden to U.S. power. Using the IMF and World Bank, the U.S. corrupts the elite to maintain their power from afar using capital to gain access to the country's natural resources. Those resources are then shipped to the U.S. rather than being used to better the lives of those living in the country. Capitalism is basically a huge wealth vacuum, sucking capital into its center of power.

      While the U.S. continues to improve its standard of living overall, the poor in the U.S. are further distanced from the wealthy. When you compare the U.S. to its colonies the situation is far worse. Sure, some technology is leaking slowly into developing nations, but by and large the local population looks just like the U.S.: a few powerful elite in the center and a mass of poor doing the work.

      It works just like the food pyrimad: on the bottom you have the plants (poor). They can support fewer herbivores (middle class). Those in turn can support far fewer carnivores (wealthy elite). And just as in 1984, you tie each level's survival to their ability to keep the level below them under control. Thus the elite only need control the middle class, who in turn control the poor.

      I'm not saying Capitalism has no benefits to society, and I'm not claiming Communism is a great form of government. I believe that, like everything else in nature, society must continually evolve. Capitalism may spur innovation and production, but at what cost to society? Yes, my life is better off (access to technology and a fairly easy lifestyle), but the cost is many millions of starving poor or simply oppressed people throughout the world. I don't like knowing that other people are paying that price.

      --
      Freedom to fear. Freedom from thought. Freedom to kill.
      I guess the War on Terror really is about freedom!
    5. Re:Exactly! by PatientZero · · Score: 3, Insightful
      Exactly how did we do that?

      By sending State Department officials to help build a new government. We provided intelligence from the CIA. And the IMF offers to lend them money for construction projects -- to be built by U.S. firms like Bechtel -- to rebuild after the war. All of these perks come with a price, and those that end up in power know that more perks will continue to flow so long as they do what we want.

      Sure, we don't control the government as completely as if they were U.S. citizens sent to rule as the English did in their colonial days. However, in a democracy that's not the most efficient manner. In a capitalist society, you need to control the capital; the government will follow.

      For example, the situation in many Latin and South American countries now is that the government is burdened with huge debts to the IMF and World Bank. However, transnational corporations are the ones that own the resources and land and factories. They get rich while the workers and citizens continue to experience a lower standard of living. Corporate profits are sent back to the U.S. because the first rule imposed by the IMF is the lifting of restrictions on capital flight. Thus, the debts can never be repaid and the economy continues to spiral downward.

      Capitalism makes immediate profit more important so long as you can take the capital gains with you to better markets. It's okay if the Argentinian society self-destructs, destroying local industry, since the corporations that own those industries can take the money they've made and bring it back to the U.S. to invest in yet more markets. It encourages corporations to bleed the developing nations of their resources as that makes money in the short term that can be invested elsewhere.

      --
      Freedom to fear. Freedom from thought. Freedom to kill.
      I guess the War on Terror really is about freedom!
    6. Re:Exactly! by Battle_Ratt · · Score: 1
      One more point to put in line with this. The GNP was burned up in 1984 to hold people in a repressed state and unable to resist the will of the government. It also allowed for clear class distinction for members of the inner party who had the wealth of a larger flat, servants, etc. War emphasized the need for people to have "someone in control".

      This class distinction and repressed state is now totally possible without the unnecessary burning of GNP. In fact the opposite is true. The fault in Orwell's assumption was that you required direct repression to hold down those of a lower class. That once wealth was nearly universal the purpose of a high class was eliminated and would be naturally removed.

      This is not the case.

      You rebel against a system that you feel you have cause to rebel against, but if few feel the need to rebel, the high class will remain intact. When harm is only apparent to a few and the rest of the society is allowed to have a high level of wealth, the apathy will keep the people more in line than scarcity of wealth and force ever could.

      Just what percent of the US even votes anymore, and how many people even care about it?

    7. Re:Exactly! by Aexia · · Score: 2

      Exactly how did we do that?

      By bombing the hell out of the previous regime. There's no question that Karzai is friendly to the US. So there you have it: the US installed a US-friendly regime in Afghanistan.

      As for the "election"... If there was a real chance that an unfriendly leader would be elected(ala Vietnam), we would've intervened in some fashion to prevent it. I don't recall there being much in the way of credible alternative to Karzai.

    8. Re:Exactly! by brulman · · Score: 1

      "Just what percent of the US even votes anymore, and how many people even care about it?"

      dunno, but 10 to 1 the US presidential election turnout will be even lower in 2004 than it was in 2000. Especially in Florida. Can you really blame them?

      --
      "the best safety of the frontier...will be secured by total annihilation of the few remaining indians" L Frank Baum 1890
    9. Re: Exactly! by 0WaitState · · Score: 2

      > Yet prison construction and technology is one of the highest growth industries in the U.S., and it's basically corporate welfare. In some states they are going further, contracting out the administration of prison facilities to privately held corporations, as well as the construction.

      Actually, the even greater extreme is usage of inmate labor, whether to work the nearby farms (inmate work teams contracted out to local landowners) or as telephone order takers. There are entire counties and industries that are dependant on cheap inmate labor.

      If you belive in the "follow the money" brand of analysis, that's why crack cocaine possession results in a 5 year medium security sentence, whereas looting the pension fund is 12 months plus probation.

      --

      Remain calm! All is well!
    10. Re:Exactly! by Malcontent · · Score: 2

      "The world (and barely even the U.S.) hasn't been in a state of peace since WW2."

      I am trying to think of a 5 year span in the last 30 years or where the US did not bomb shit out some country or another.

      --

      War is necrophilia.

    11. Re:Exactly! by mpe · · Score: 2

      How about constant warfare to keep production levels high and boost GNP? Weapons are basically waste products: you build them and then throw them away.

      They can also be made out of waste products. Such as depleated uranium, which is otherwise waste from making nuclear fuel.

    12. Re:Exactly! by mpe · · Score: 2

      I don't mean to include every little local conflict; I'm speaking only about major conflicts like the U.S.'s invasion of Southeast Asia, Indonesia's genecide in East Timor, Israel's invasion of Lebanon, etc.

      Even a "minor conflict" generally isn't too minor to the people involved.

      Note that while Communism spread to other countries, the U.S. never intended to democratize the world.

      If anything the US has done more to opose democracy, Iran and Chile being the most obvious examples. (amongst a great many.)

      Using the IMF and World Bank, the U.S. corrupts the elite to maintain their power from afar using capital to gain access to the country's natural resources. Those resources are then shipped to the U.S. rather than being used to better the lives of those living in the country.

      Certainly something is going on, notably the issue of why Brazil, which is potentially one of the richest countries on the planet, is nowhere close to it's potential.

    13. Re:Exactly! by mpe · · Score: 2

      The leaders of Afghanistan chose this government. As opposed to the last government, which was chosen at the barrel of a gun, financed by the Pakistani secret service and Pakistani militant muslim leaders.

      Are you so sure. Remember the US has much bigger guns than Paikstan...

    14. Re:Exactly! by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Sure... And naturally US would have aided Kuwiat in the Iraqi invasion in the gulf war if there was no oil there too right?
      Oh by the way, didn't Kuwait use to be a piece of Iraq until they discovered oil resources there? Hmm, I wonder how the creation of that state came to be.....
      There where not too many US troops in Rwanda to prevent the genocide as far as I can remember, but wait! They have no oil! They have other resources, sure, but they can be collected from a closer location. Why risk the lives of your troops for nothing?
      Come on, it's all about the mighty $ and the craving for power. This goes for politics as well as armed conflicts to trading and so on....

      Its not a US phenonemon... Many of the wars in Africa for example is a result of the European colonies. Colonies of course is all about money and power and as far as I know only one of the colonies have learned the name of the game; thats the brittish colony known as the US of A.

    15. Re:Exactly! by jafac · · Score: 2

      Poor babies.
      If they had a backbone, they'd tell us to take our money and shove it. That's a far cry from "installing a US-friendly government" - and smacks of the typical anti-US propaganda we've been hearing since the 60's. Give it a rest.

      --

      These are my friends, See how they glisten. See this one shine, how he smiles in the light.
  82. The Technology of Killing by invid · · Score: 2, Interesting

    What worries me? Do you know what worries me? It's the knowledge that there has been essentially 2 things that have kept the United States a democracy over the last 2 centuries:

    1) The United States military has not attempted to overthrow the government.

    2) If the military did overthrow the government, an armed and angry population would rise up against it.

    The military hasn't tried to overthrow the government because the majority of people in the military believe in the democratic system. What Orwell wrote about was that if despotic elements controlled information, they would control what people believe, military and civilian alike. But I pose you this question:

    What would prevent despotism from taking over if the military did not require human beings to function?

    I realize I'm looking ahead about 50 to 100 years, but who here has played Warcraft? Ok, now imagine Joe Despot is playing Warcraft, but his orcs are actually mobile semiautominous killing machines that are walking through your neighborhood, and he's observing the action from a secret base in Wisconsin. Are you going to revolt against him? Are you going to be able to fight for your constitutional rights with Mechadroid 19 pointing an assault rifle at your head? Remember what Clint Eastwood said in The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly, "There are two kinds of people in the world, those with guns, and those that dig."

    --
    The Moore-Murphy Law: The number of things that will go wrong will double every 2 years.
    1. Re:The Technology of Killing by Stonehand · · Score: 2

      Completely autonomous bots aren't exactly likely anytime soon -- they need builders, suppliers, mechanics, programmers, drivers (for long distance transport)...

      I think you might be underestimating the anger of the people, as well. Being a fairly jingoistic/nationalist people has its upsides and downsides, but one upside would be that maintaining a hostile occupation and actually getting people to /cooperate/ (e.g. work in the factories and farms, et al) would be very difficult, compared to a people that might consider themselves liberated (e.g. anti-Stalinist elements in the fringes of the Soviet empire during Barbarossa -- well, at least until the looting and massacress started.).

      --
      Only the dead have seen the end of war.
  83. Not a bloke. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Smith was a privledged party member.

    1. Re:Not a bloke. by PatientZero · · Score: 2

      He was a member of the Party, but not the Inner Party. In other words, Winston Smith was middle class.

      --
      Freedom to fear. Freedom from thought. Freedom to kill.
      I guess the War on Terror really is about freedom!
  84. Anyone know if this is true? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    One in 24 Americans to be recruited as spies? If so, it's significant evidence of the fulfillment of Big Brother.

    On a side note, I've decided that if I ever wanted to prevent a certain vision of the future from occurring, I would *not* write a book about it. It seems only to make it more likely, or at least there's absolutely no evidence that it discourages it. :)

  85. BTW - another Chomsky link by BACbKA · · Score: 1
    --

    VKh

  86. Yep, it's coming by A+nonymous+Coward · · Score: 2

    No references, but it was pretty recent. Intel is considering adding Bluetooth or 811.* or something similar to every processor, because it's such a small cost, for a gain in ubiquity.

  87. Obvious point by buzzdecafe · · Score: 1
    Technology is neither intrinsically evil nor intrinsically good. The culture will determine how it is used. That said, Orwell's "prediction" (it was really more of an observation about his time, 1948, *as well* as a warning about the future) is staggeringly spot-on. Eastasia is our enemy, they've always been our enemy; Newspeak is rampant (and it's double-plus good); etc.

    The one area where you could quibble with Orwell's vision is that the state may simply be the instrument of oppression, not the oppressor. The rights of citizens are increasingly being eviscerated at the behest of supra-national corporations. (cf. DMCA, CBTPDA, etc., etc., the list goes on and on). At least there are democratic mechanisms, however flawed, available for citizens seeking change from the government (at least here in the US, and other liberal democracies). But the ordinary Joe has no recourse versus the WTO. What they say goes, and let 'em eat Drakes Cakes(TM).

  88. Technology = freedom/democracy? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    The article points out that, in fact, freedom and democracy were strengthened by technological innovation.

    Really? We are talking about freedom and democracy for the people right? Carnivore? Echelon? PGP? - Wait PGP is good, lets try to call it a munition and make using it for anything practical illegal (Yeah I know, but they *did* try)

  89. Re:an alternate view QWZX by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    wow you are stupid....

    please actually read history.. not the sanitized crap they feed at high-school.. (Oops sorry, you're a junior-high-schooler)

    During the early years of America.. many many indians were cut open while alive to observe how the human body worked.. autopsies on live patients... oh wait that's just a part of war...

    Just like the Natzi tactics of binding pregnant womens legs together to see if the woman would die during labor or would the child try to exit via the stomache..

    I doubt you are brave enough to read the details on these horrible things, and the many many more things that happened.. but then I dont expect much more from a 13 year old loudmouth.

  90. I wasn't afraid of 1984... by rnturn · · Score: 3, Insightful

    ...but 2004 has me a bit worried.

    Eighteen years ago, the technology to bring us to something like Orwell wrote about wasn't quite there. Now it is -- or nearly is -- and we have reason to worry about Orwell's vision. (Though I'm not all that comfortable using the word ``vision'' as it normally connotates something a lot more positive than what we could get if we're not vigilant.)

    And, while I usually think highly of the articles I read in T.R., I have to disagree with this one. First, because I think the author doesn't look deeply enough into those technological advances that he says are liberating. The average citizen may be the first to adopt these new devices but when government takes notice and starts implementing systems or programs around them watch out. For example, small/inexpensive cameras were a boon to ordinary people when it allowed them to monitor their front door or the baby sitter that might be abusing their kids. Now the government is taking more pictures and videos than they can possibly analyze; so many that they now want to use computer systems to scan them to look for certain individuals. How many times was your picture taken today?

    Second, look at the top of the T.R. column. ``Technology for Presidents''. Hah, no wonder the tone of the article seemed like nothing more than happy talk. Yep, just go on with all your homeland defense measures. And don't worry about those folks that warn their Orwellian implications. They don't count if it's Democracy(tm) that employs those measures.

    Third, he screwed up about the GPS receivers being used in Desert Storm being available at Radio Shack. That might be true today but it wasn't back during Desert Storm. There were commercial C/A-only GPS receivers available back then but they were mostly marine units and weren't the sort of thing that you'd want to be shlepping around the desert. There were some handheld LORAN receivers available back then (maybe at Radio Shack, I can't remember) which came in handy as the Arabian peninsula and surrounding areas had very good LORAN-C coverage. I heard stories of soldiers -- when they found that they'd be advancing across the desert -- asking their wives to run down to the PX to buy one and have it shipped via ASAFP Express to their spouse. All those oil tankers had to use something to stay inside the lines and if it was good enough for them, it ought get you across the desert without too much trouble. Crimeny, where'd he get his facts.

    Overall, I give the article a thumbs down.

    --
    CUR ALLOC 20195.....5804M
  91. Re:an alternate view QWZX by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    A thousand mile death march isn't an atrocity? And that was perpetrated my the animal we put on the $20 bill.

    They learned scapling from Europeans. Keeping the scalp was the means to prove that an Indian was murdered, in order to collect a bounty. Inter-tribal wars were paltry compared to the devestation that Europe had already inflicted on itself through history.

    You are a stupid troll, and deserve the worst the Indians would have done to you.

  92. Re:an alternate view QWZX by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Of course, you neglect to mention that Indians started the custom of scalping.

    The aggressors set the rules of combat.

    Of course, I would be interested to hear of any stories of burying Indians up to their necks in the hot sun, prying their eyes open, pouring honey on them, and letting ants eat them alive as the Indians did.

  93. In the west, right now by mveloso · · Score: 1

    Well, orwell may have been wrong for now, but the tools are there. What's missing is the will to use the tools in the ways specified.

  94. wrong wrong wrong wrong by rabbits77 · · Score: 1
    First a fact:

    -Orwell never literally meant '1984'. Indeed, he meant to speak of contemporary times (1948 to him) and as a slight jest transposed the 4 and 8.

    Now, the main point is that pervasive technology in 1984 is very much the tools of the oppression and are peripheral to the true causes of an oppressive society. In the book it is clear that it is not technology that is the cause of oppression but rather human nature which must be actively subverted to achieve a more equitable society. Of course, if you are

    1.) an MIT writer,

    2.) some /. loser or

    3.) have never read the book

    than this article makes sense. Truly , this article is an embarassment and I doubt the author has read more than the Cliff's Notes version or possibly saw the movie.

    1. Re:wrong wrong wrong wrong by rnturn · · Score: 2
      ``In the book it is clear that it is not technology that is the cause of oppression but rather human nature which must be actively subverted to achieve a more equitable society''

      And just like a loaded gun in the hands of a homicidal maniac, there are some of today's technologies that seem to bring out the worst in politicians. Hmm... how do we employ that technology to keep the politicians and bureaucrats in check. (They seem to find all sorts of ways around sunshine laws, after all.)

      ``1.) an MIT writer,''

      If I recall, the author was from UCal/Berkeley. And I was surprised that MIT press didn't catch the technical gaffes in the article.

      --
      CUR ALLOC 20195.....5804M
  95. What Orwell missed... by monofish_X · · Score: 1

    Huxley covered. Check out Brave New World.

  96. Against Technology by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    taken from http://www.insurgentdesire.org.uk/ check it out.

    A talk by John Zerzan April 23, 1997

    A humanities symposium called "Discourse@Networks 200" was held at Stanford University over the course of several months
    in 1997. The following talk on April 23 represents the only dissent to the prevailing high-tech orientation/appreciation.

    Thanks for coming. I'll be your Luddite this afternoon. The token Luddite, so
    it falls on me to uphold this unpopular or controversial banner. The emphasis
    will be on breadth rather than depth, and in rather reified terms, owing to time
    considerations. But I hope it won't disable whatever cogency there might be to
    these somewhat general remarks.
    It seems to me we're in a barren, impoverished, technicized place and that
    these characteristics are interrelated. Technology claims that it extends the
    senses; but this extension, it seems, ends up blunting and atrophying the
    senses, instead of what this promise claims. Technology today is offering
    solutions to everything in every sphere. You can hardly think of one for which
    it doesn't come up with the answer. But it would like us to forget that in
    virtually every case, it has created the problem in the first place that it comes
    round to say that it will transcend. Just a little more technology. That's what it
    always says. And I think we see the results ever more clearly today. The
    computer cornucopia, as everything becomes wired into the computer
    throughout society, offers variety, the riches of complete access, and yet, as
    Frederick Jameson said, we live in a society that is the most standardized in
    history. Let's look at it as a "means and ends" proposition, as in, means and
    ends must be equally valid. Technology claims to be neutral, merely a tool, its
    value or meaning completely dependent on how it is used. In this way it hides
    its ends by cloaking its means. If there is no way to understand what it is in terms of an essence, inner logic, historical
    embeddedness or other dimension, then what we call technology escapes judgment. We generally recognize the ethical precept
    that you can't achieve valid or good ends with deficient or invalid means, but how do we gauge that unless we look at the
    means? If it's something we're not supposed to think about in terms of its essential being, its foundations, it's impossible. I mean,
    you can repeat any kind of cliche. This is that kind of thing that one hopes is not a cliche because the means and ends thesis is a
    moral value that I think does have validity.
    A number of people or cases could be brought up to further illuminate this. For example, Marx early on was concerned with
    what technology is, what production and the means of production are, and determined, as many, many people have, that it's at
    base division of labor. And hence it is a vital question how stunting or how negative division of labor is. But Marx went on from
    that banality, which doesn't get much examined, as we know, to very different questions, such as which class owns and controls
    the technology and means of production, and how does the dispossessed class, the proletariat, seize that technology from the
    bourgeoisie. This was quite a different emphasis from examining and evaluating technology, and represents an abandonment of
    his earlier interest.
    Of course, by that point, Marx certainly felt that technology is a positive good. Today the people who say that it's merely a tool,
    a neutral thing, that it's purely a matter of instrumental use of technology, really believe that technology is a positive thing. But
    they want to be a little more canny about it, so again, my point is that if you say it's neutral, then you avoid testing the truth claim
    that it's positive. In other words, if you say it's negative or positive, you have to look at what it is. You have to get into it. But if
    you say it's neutral, that has worked pretty well at precluding this examination. Next, I want to provide a quote that keeps
    coming back to me, a very pregnant quote from a brilliant mathematician--and it's not Ted Kaczynski. It's the British
    mathematician, Alan Turing, and some of you, I'm sure, know that he established many of the theoretical foundations for the
    computer in the 1930s and 40s. Also, it would be worth mentioning that he took his own life in the 50s because of a
    prosecution stemming from the fact that he was gay, somewhat like the action against Oscar Wilde about 50 years earlier.
    Anyway, I mention that--and I don't want to belittle the tragic fact that he was gay and this was his end because of it--but he
    took his life by painting an apple with cyanide and biting into it, and it makes me think of the forbidden fruit of the tree of
    knowledge and whether he was saying something about that, as we know what happened with that. We have work, agriculture,
    misery and technology out of that. And I also wonder, in passing, about Apple computers. Why would they use an apple? It's
    kind of a mystery to me. [laughter.]
    But anyway, after this digression, the quote that I was trying to get to here. In the middle of an article for the journal Mind in
    1950, he said, "I believe that at the end of the century, the use of words in general educated opinion will have altered so much
    that one will be able to speak of machines thinking without expecting to be contradicted." Now, what I think is of a lot of
    interest here is that he doesn't say that by the end of the century we'll have computing machines (they were still called computing
    machines at that time) that have advanced so far that people won't have any trouble understanding, now, that machines think.
    He says, "...the use of words in general educated opinion will have altered so much."
    Now, I'm giving a reading of this which is probably different from what he had in mind, but when you think about it, this has to
    do with this question of the interrelationship of society and technology. I think he was quite right; again, not because artificial
    intelligence -- it wasn't called that back then, of course--had advanced so far. Actually, it hasn't made very good on its
    ambitious claims, as I understand it. But some people now entertain that notion very seriously. In fact, there's even a small but
    considerable literature on whether machines feel and at what point machines live. And that isn't because Artificial Intelligence
    has gone very far, it seems to me. In the early '80s, there was an awful lot of talk about "just around the corner," and I'm not an
    expert on AI, but I don't think it has gone very far. It plays a pretty good game of chess, I guess, but I don't think it's anywhere
    near these other achievements, or levels.

    I think what explains the change in perception about computers is the deformation caused by the massive amount of alienation
    that has happened in the past 50 years or so. That's why some, and I hope not many, hold to this point about computers living.
    In terms of what they are capable of, it seems to me, when you have the distance narrowing between humans and machines in
    the sense that if we are becoming more machine-like, it's easier to see the machine as more human-like. I don't want to be
    overly dramatic about it, but I think more and more people wonder, is this living or are we just going through the motions?
    What's happening? Is everything being leached out of life? Is the whole texture and values and everything kind of draining
    away? Well, that would take many other lectures, but it's not so much the actual advance of the technology: If machines can be
    human, humans can be machines. The truly scarey point is the narrowing of the distance between the two.
    Another quotation to similarly mark this descent, if you will, is a short one from a computer communications expert, J.C.R.
    Licklider. In 1968 he said, "In the future, we'll be able to communicate more effectively through a machine than face-to-face." If
    that isn't estrangement, I don't know what is. At the same time, one striking aspect in terms ofcultural development is that the
    concept of alienation is disappearing, has almost disappeared. If you look at the indices of books in the last, say, 20 years,
    "alienation" isn't there any more. It has become so banal, I guess, what's the point of talking about it?
    I was reading a recent review on another subject by the political theorist, Anthony Giddens, I think it's Sir Anthony Giddens,
    actually. He found it remarkable that "capitalism has disappeared as an object of study, just when it has removed any alternative
    to itself." One might think, what else is there to study in the absence of any other system? But no one talks about it. It's just a
    given. It's another commonplace that is apparently just accepted and not scrutinized. And, of course, capital is increasingly
    technologized. A kind of obvious point. The people who think that it's about surfing the Net and exchanging e-mail with your
    cousin in Idaho or something, obviously neglect the fact that the movement of capital is the computer's basic function. The
    computer is there for faster transactions, the faster movement of commodities and so on. That shouldn't even have to be
    pointed out.
    So anyway, back to the theme of how the whole field or groundwork moves and our perception of technology and the values
    we attach to it change, usually pretty imperceptibly. Freud said that the fullness of civilization will mean universal neurosis. And
    that sounds kind of too sanguine, when you think about it. I'm very disturbed by what I see. I live in Oregon, where the rate of
    suicide among 15- to-19year olds has increased 600% since 1961. I find it hard to see this as other than youth getting to the
    threshold of adulthood and society and looking out, and what do they see? They see this bereft place. I'm not saying they
    consciously go through that sort of formulation, but some kind of assessment takes place, and some just opt out.
    A study of several of the most developed countries is showing that the rate of serious depression doubles about every ten
    years. So I guess that means if there aren't enough people on anti-depressants right now, just to get through the day, we'll all be
    taking them before long. You can just extrapolate from this chilling fact. If you look for a reason why that won't keep going,
    what would that be without a pretty total change?
    And many other things. The turn away from literacy. That's a pretty basic thing that is somewhat baffling, but it isn't baffling if
    you think that people are viscerally turning away from what doesn't have meaning anymore. The outbursts of multiple
    homicides. That used to be unheard of, even in this violent country, just a few decades ago. Now it's spreading to all the other
    countries. You can hardly pick up the paper without seeing some horrendous thing in McDonald's or at a school or some place
    in Scotland or New Zealand, as well as L.A. or wherever in the U.S.
    Rancho Santa Fe. You probably remember this quote from the news. It's from a woman who was part of the Heaven's Gate
    group there. "Maybe I'm crazy, but I don't care. I've been here 31 years, and there's nothing here for me." I think that speaks
    for quite a lot of people who are surveying the emptiness, not just cult members.
    So we're seeing the crisis of inner nature, the prospect of complete dehumanization, linking up with the crisis of outer nature,
    which is obviously ecological catastrophe. And I won't bore you with the latter; everyone here knows all its features, the
    accelerating extinction of species, etc., etc. Up in Oregon, for example, the natural, original forest is virtually one hundred
    percent gone; the salmon are on the verge of extinction. Everybody knows this. And it's greatly urged along by the movement
    of technology and all that is involved there.
    Marvin Minsky--I think this was in the early '80s--said that the brain is a three-pound computer made of meat. He's one of the
    leading Artificial Intelligence people. And we have all the rest. We have Virtual Reality. People will be flocking to that, just to
    try to get away from an objective social existence that is not too much to look at or deal with. The cloning of humans, obviously
    is just a matter of probably months away. Fresh horrors all the time. Education. Get the kids linked up when they're five or so
    to the computer. They call it "knowledge production." And that's the best thing you could say about it.
    I want to read one quote here from Hans Moravec from Carnegie-Mellon, who is a contributor to the periodical Extropy. He
    says, "The final frontier will be urbanized ultimately into an arena where every bit of activity is a meaningful computation. The
    inhabited portion of the universe will be transformed into a cyberspace. We might then be tempted to replace some of our
    innermost mental processes with more cyberspace--appropriate programs purchased from artificial intelligence and so, bit by
    bit, transform ourselves into something much like it. Ultimately, our thinking procedures could be totally liberated from any
    traces of our original body, indeed of any body." I don't think that requires any comment.
    But, of course, there have been contrary voices. There have been analyses by people who have been pretty worried about the
    whole development. One of the best is Horkheimer and Adorno's Dialectic of Enlightenment, written in the '40s. If technology
    is not neutral, they argue very forcefully, reason isn't a neutral thing either, when you think about it. They raise a critique of what
    they call "instrumental reason." Reason, under the sign of civilization and technology, is fundamentally biased toward distancing
    and control. I'm not going to try to sum up the whole thing in a few words, but one of the memorable parts of this was their
    look at Odysseus from the Odyssey, from Homer, one of the basic texts of European civilization, where Odysseus is trying to
    sail past the sirens. Horkheimer and Adorno demonstrate that this depicts at a very early point the tension between the
    sensuous, Eros, pre-history, pre-technology, and the project of going past that and doing something else. Odysseus has his
    oarsmen tie him to the mast, and stuff their own ears with wax, so he won't be tempted by pleasure and he can get through to
    the repressive, non-sensuous life of civilization and technology.
    Of course, there are many other markers of estrangement. Descartes, 350 years ago: "We have to become the masters and
    possessors of nature." But what I think is also worth pointing out in a critique like Horkheimer and Adorno's and many others,
    is that if society doesn't subdue nature, society always will be subjected to nature and, in effect, there probably won't be any
    society. So they always put that caveat, that qualification, which is to their credit for honesty; but it puts a brake on the
    implications of their critique. It makes it less a black-and-white thing, obviously, because, well, we can't really get away from
    domination of nature, and that's what the whole thing is based on, our very existence. We can criticize the technological life, but
    where would we be without it?
    But something that I think has very, very enormous implications has happened in the last 20 or 30 years, and I don't think it has
    yet got out very much. There has been a wholesale revision in scholarly ideas of what life ouside of civilization really was. One
    of the basic ideological foundations for civilization, for religion, the state, police, armies, everything else, is that you've got a
    pretty bloodthirsty, awful, subhuman condition before civilization. It has to be tamed and tutored and so on. It's Hobbes. It's
    that famous idea that pre-civilized life was nasty, brutish and short; and so to rescue or enable humanity away from fear and
    superstition, from this horrible condition into the light of civilization, you must have what Freud called the "forcible renunciation
    of instinctual freedom." You just have to. That's the price. Anyway, that turns out to be completely wrong. Certainly, there are
    disagreements about some of the parts of the new paradigm, some of the details, and I think most of the literature doesn't draw
    out its radical implications. But since about the early '70s, we have a starkly different picture of what life was like in the two
    million or so years before civilization, a period that ended about 10,000 years ago, almost no time at all.
    Prehistory is now characterized more by intelligence, egalitarianism and sharing, leisure time, a great degree of sexual equality,
    robusticity and health, with no evidence at all of organized violence. I mean, that's just staggering. It's virtually a wholesale
    revision. We're still living, of course, with the cartoonish images, the caveman pulling the woman into the cave, Neanderthal as
    meaning somebody who is a complete brute and subhuman, and so on. But the real picture has been wholly revised.
    I won't take time here to go into the evidence and the arguments, but I want to mention just a couple of them. For example,
    how do we know about sharing? That sounds like some kind of '60s assertion, right? But it's simple things like examining the
    evidence around hearths, around fire sites, probably in impermanent settlements. If you found around one fire you've got all the
    goodies there, well, that looks like the chief and everybody else has little or nothing. But if everybody has about exactly the
    same amount of stuff, it argues for a condition of equality. Thomas Wynn has helped us see prehistoric intelligence in a different
    light. He drew on Piaget quite a bit in terms of what is congealed and/or concealed in even a simple stone tool, and he
    deconstructed it to bring out about eight different stages and steps and aspects to what it takes to actually take something like
    that and make a tool out of it. And he concluded--and this hasn't been refuted that I see anywhere in the literature--that at least
    a million years ago, Homo had an intelligence equal to that of the adult human today. So one would have said, well, okay, even
    if it was kind of rosy prior to culture, our distant ancestors were just so dim they couldn't figure out how to establish agriculture,
    hierarchy and all the other wonderful things. But if that's not true, then you start looking at the whole picture quite differently.

    One other thing: the book Stone Age Economics by Marshall Sahlins came out in 1971, and a lot of his argument is based on
    existing hunter-gatherer peoples, on just simply seeing how much they worked--which was very, very little. By the way, he was
    the chairman of the anthropology department at the University of Michigan, so we're not talking about some crank, or a
    marginal figure. If you look at the literature in anthropology and archaeology, you see quite amazing corrections to what we had
    thought. It makes you start to think, I guess perhaps civilization wasn't such a good idea. The question always asked was why
    did it take humanity so long to figure out agriculture? I mean, they just thought of it yesterday, relatively, less than 10,000 years
    ago. Now the question is, why did they ever take up agriculture? Which is really the question of why did they ever take up
    civilization? Why did they ever start our divison-of-labor-based technology? If we once had a technology, if you want to call it
    that, based on pretty much zero division of labor, for me that has pretty amazing implications and makes me think that somehow
    it's possible to get back there in some way or another. We might be able to reconnect to a higher condition, one that sounds to
    me like a state of nearness to reality, of wholeness.
    I'm getting pretty close to the end here. I want to mention Heidegger. Heidegger, of course, is thought of by many as one of the
    deepest or most original thinkers of the century. He felt that technology is the end of philosophy, and that's based on his view
    that as technology encompasses more and more of society, everything becomes grist for it and grist for production, even
    thinking. It loses its separateness, its quality of being apart from that. His point is worth mentioning just in passing. And now I
    get to one of my favorite topics, postmodernism, which I think is exactly what Heidegger would have had in mind if he had
    stuck around long enough to see it. I think that here we have a rather complete abdication of reason with postmodernism in so
    many ways. It's so pervasive, yet so many people don't seem to know what it is. Though we are completely immersed in it,
    few, even now, seem to have a grasp of it. Perhaps this, in its way, is similar to the other banalities I referred to earlier. Namely,
    that which has overpowered what is alien to it is simply accepted and rarely analyzed.
    So I started having to do some homework, and I've done some writing on it since, and one of the fundamental things--and
    sorry, for people who already know this--comes from Lyotard in the '70s, in a book called The Postmodern Condition. He
    held that postmodernism is fundamentally "antipathy to meta-narratives," meaning it's a refusal of totality, of the overview, of the
    arrogant idea that we can have a grasp of the whole. It's based on the idea that the totality is totalitarian. To try to think that you
    can get some sense of the whole thing? That's no good. And I think a lot of it, by the way, is a reaction against Marxism, which
    held sway for so long in France among the intelligentsia; I think there was an overreaction because of that.
    So you have an anti-totality outlook and an anti-coherence outlook, even, because that too is suspect and even thought to be a
    nasty thing. After all, (and here's where he probably concurred with Horkheimer and Adorno), what has Enlightenment thinking
    brought us? What has modernist, overview, totality-oriented thinking got us? Well, you know, Auschwitz, Hiroshima, neutron
    bombs. You don't have to defend those things, though, to get a sense that maybe postmodernism is throwing everything away
    and has no defenses against, for one thing, an onrushing technology.
    Similarly, postmodernists are against the idea of origins. They feel that the idea of origins is a false one (these are all big
    generalizations; there are probably some with slightly different emphases). We are in culture. We've always been in culture. We
    always will be in culture. So we can't see outside of culture. So something like nature versus culture is just a false notion. Thus
    they deny that, too, and further inhibit understanding the present. You can't go back to any origins or beginning points of
    causation or development. Relatedly, history is a fairly arbitrary fiction; one version is about as good as another. There's also
    emphasis on the fragmentary, pluralism, diversity, the random. But I ask you, where is the random? Where is the diversity?
    Where is it? To me, the world is getting so stark and monolithic in terms of the general movement of things and what the
    meaning of this movement is. To play around with this emphasis on margins and surfaces, this attitude that you can't get below
    the surface, to me is ethical and intellectual cowardice. "Truth and meaning?" Well, that's just nonsense. That's passe. Always
    put terms like that in quotes. You see pretty much everything in quotes when you look at postmodern writing. So it's a lot of
    irony, of course. Irony verging on cynicism is what you can now see everywhere in popular culture. In terms of postmodernism,
    that's close to the whole thing. Everything is shifting. It's just so splintered. I don't quite get how it is possible to evade what is
    going on vis-a-vis the individual and what is left of nature.
    I think postmodernism is a great accomplice to technology, and often is an explicit embrace of it. Lyotard said that "data banks
    are the new nature." Of course, if he rules out origins, how does he know what nature is? They have their own set of
    totality-type assumptions, but they don't want to cop to it. It's only the old-fashioned people, I guess, who don't want to play
    that game. One more quote: this is from a Professor Escobar in the June 1994 issue of Current Anthropology. It really has a lot
    to do with how technology defines what is the norm and what is ruled out. He said, "Technological innovations in dominant
    world views generally transform each other so as to legitimate and naturalize the technologies of the time. Nature and society
    come to be explained in ways that reinforce the technological imperatives of the day." I think that's really well put.
    So I started with one basic fallacy about technology. Technology is not neutral, not a discrete tool separate from its social
    placement or development as part of society. I think the other one is that, okay, you can talk all you want about technology, but
    it's here, it's inexorable, and what's the point of talking about it? Well, it isn't inevitable. It's only inevitable if we don't do
    anything about it. If we just go along, then it is inevitable. I think that's the obvious challenge. The unimaginable will happen. It's
    already happening. And if we have a future, it will be because we stand up to it, and have a different vision, and think about
    dismantling it.
    I also think, by the way, that if we have a future, we may have a different idea about who the real criminals are, and who the
    Unabomber might be seen to resemble: John Brown, perhaps; and who, like John Brown, tried to save us.

  97. Drifting off topic by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Hey, that was my point about Minority Report. Not to put Minority Report on the same level as 1984.

  98. What is evil? by jazzbotley · · Score: 1

    Wherever you are on the whole gun control debate, there is a nugget of truth in the statement: "Guns don't kill people, people do." At the risk of stating the obvious, that means that a gun never pulls its own trigger; there is always a person aiming and discharging the weapon.

    Using the same logic on technology itself ... is it evil? ... is it good? Just as Orwell's point was more about control than technology, so the evaluation of "evil" does not apply to the technology itself, but rather to the person/persons/institution/corporation/government wielding that technology. What is his/her/their intent?

    If a person's intention is to deceive (to compel another person to make a choice based on a lie), then that is evil. Technology used in the deception is irrelevant.

    1. Re:What is evil? by Stonehand · · Score: 1

      I think it might be possible to design technology which could only be used for, arguably, evil (pure good would probably be harder, if not impossible).

      Suppose, say, it were possible to build a device that would induce a chain-reaction within the Earth's mantle and destroy the entire planet -- e.g. the "Little Doctor" or MD device from Orson Scott Card's "Ender" series. I don't see any /good/ uses for it; it might not even be useful as a deterrent (e.g. "Don't use nukes or I'll destroy the planet") because enemies might figure that either the owner wouldn't dare go THAT far, or simply not care ("Time to destroy the infidels. We'll go to Paradise, y'all to infinite torment. Deal?").

      --
      Only the dead have seen the end of war.
  99. Re:an alternate view QWZX by PatientZero · · Score: 2
    Oh please. That there is false information on the net does not discount the truth that can be found. Regardless, that many colonists gave blankets infected with smallpox to Native American tribes as "gifts" has been documented long before the Internet came around.

    And #3 is obviously false because they would have been emailed rather than called on the phone. Duh! ;)

    --
    Freedom to fear. Freedom from thought. Freedom to kill.
    I guess the War on Terror really is about freedom!
  100. Speaking of Orwell by MisterBlister · · Score: 2, Interesting
    Is anyone else frightened by the Sourceforge ads constantly running on Slashdot?

    You know, the ones that basically promise to keep your developers in line through increased task monitoring? I'm all for source code control, bug tracking, etc, but the crux of these ads seem to be "your developers (especially those overseas ones..foreign bastards!) are probably fucking off, why not monitor them with Sourceforge?"....

    Some even directly use the "unblinking eye" motif!

    Who is the advertising genius that came up with that shit?

  101. Re:Off-topic: Why doesn't slashdot support &nb by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    They don't support any html entities because of the unicode trolls. It won't be long before they don't support plain text, methinks.

  102. Ray Bradbury's Fahrenheit 451 by e2d2 · · Score: 3, Insightful

    I always thought Ray Bradbury's Fahrenheit 451 hit a little more closer to the target - A society of the future self enslaved through political correctness, the need to conform, and technology enabled diversions from real life.

    I don't think the pledge of allegiance is right so we should ban it. The money in the US says "under god" and that offends my atheist beliefs, remove it! I think having homo sex is ok and I'm gonna cram it down your throat MTV style to make sure you know it's ok. I don't think we should target young muslims at the airport as potential terrorists because that would be racist. We should check grandma in the wheelchair instead to show that we are "being fair".

    Watch your neighbor! They may be terrorists. Children, do your parents smoke an occasional joint? They are contributing to terrorists! Turn them in. Everyone watching for the inevitable attack by evil doers.

    Self enslaved by our willingness to finance any and every shiny bubble that comes along this week. Working check to check to support our conformity. TV, radio, Internet, Mp3 players, walkman, car stereo, cd player, dvd in the SUV, movies, shiny clothes, and $4 quad-frapaccinno lattes laced with happiness prozac pills all working to remove you from reality. Citizen! look up here at these shiny bubbles! Now insert your debit card to see more.

  103. Re:an alternate view QWZX by bcboy · · Score: 1

    > Of course, you neglect to mention that Indians started the custom of scalping.

    Uh, no. Wrong again.

  104. The reason why it has been good so far... by ftobin · · Score: 3, Interesting

    There are two things, closely related, that could can cause the 1984-style world. One of them, as the article correctly pointed out, would be if technology was too expensive to be within reach of the common citizen; having this would make it so that only large, wealthy organizations such as the government could get their hands on the stuff. This, it seems, we don't have to worry about too much; the free-market Western philosophies seem have to helped keep prices down.

    The second, more ominous road to 1984 is centralization. The more things become centralized, the fewer powerful entities are needed to collude and walk us down that road. For the most part, so far, this hasn't been a worry, because we have many competing manufacturers of technology, few large multi-state-government cooperations, and a significant, dispersed group of well-educated, free-thinking geeks.

    However, with the collapsing of information technology into a couple of roles (you're well out of the norm if you use the internet for anything than HTTP, HTTPS, POP, IMAP, and SMTP over their standard ports), it becomes easy to pass broad, encompassing laws which attempt to lay control over these few avenues. Even the fact that there is one Internet which everyone is expected to be connected to helps make it easier for many software companies to centrally control their dispersed, previously independent products, by having them talk back to central command in real-time (for operations such as registration, remote-disabling, etc). Furthermore, we have single-authority systems such as DNS, overruled by ICANN, providing another source of woes.

    In order to be stalwart against falling down this trap, controlled technological homogeny needs to be resisted, and diverse, competing, preferably open technologies (because they promote diversity and competition by their very nature) need to be promoted. What does this mean practically? In the software world, for instance, it means de-facto assumptions such as everyone having MS Word and Windows. It also means resisting efforts that approach the idea of allowing someone to control, from production to consumer sensory inputs, every step of a media feed.

    So yes, it's been quite nice so far, and looking at it the right way, you might think it's going to stay that way. But growing centralization and the existance of large, power, multi-national corporations and corporation-conglomerates makes me wonder if it's really going to be that rosy if we just lean back put our feet up.

    For more information, I recommend reading Lawrence Lessig's excellent "The Future of Ideas".

  105. money... by skydude_20 · · Score: 1

    This makes a for good PR when you have government funding, and I'm sure if I posted as Anonymous Coward would really help, right MIT?

    --
    Jesus saves souls and redeems them for valuable cash prizes
  106. Eric Blair went wrong.... by Pig+Hogger · · Score: 2
    Eric Blair (Orwell's true name) went wrong when he attributed the power-grabbing to the state.

    It is the bourgeois, embodied in their croporations, who are working hard to anihilate the very freedoms citizens take for granted.

  107. Orwell was an optimist by gessel · · Score: 2, Insightful

    If only we need fear from technology merely totalitarianism and not extinction.

    1. Re:Orwell was an optimist by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      If only we need fear from technology merely totalitarianism and not extinction.

      ?? was that a sentence ??

      -ac

  108. Read the novel first and take a look around you by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0


    Read the novel first and then take a look around you.

    You will probably notice how the world is transforming.

    There are more and more similarities.

    If we are not watchfuland nobody cares
    1984 might be here very soon.

  109. Re:an alternate view QWZX by issachar · · Score: 1
    in the vast majority of instances, smallpox and other diseases were accidentally transmitted. (for one thing, they went ahead of the actual arrival of the Europeans). Interesting article about natives pre-contact can be found at the The Atlantic Monthly

    Furthermore, even if we were to throw the facts out the window and declare that all European diseases were deliberately passed to natives, Germ Warfare != Medical Experimentation. Get your facts straight buddy.

    .

    --
    . --- If you're looking for free e-mail you won't find it here! http://www.noemailhere.com
  110. Re:an alternate view QWZX by macdaddy357 · · Score: 1

    Hitler's final solution was partially based on indian reservations. It was also no accident that so many Cherokee died on the trail of tears. They were not meant to survive it. There is a lot more to American history then the feelgood stories we were spoonfed in elementary school. They were mostly fairy tales. Anyone who tries to shine a light on the dark side of american history is beaten down for promoting "political correctness."

    --
    How ya like dat?
  111. More afraid of Totalitarianism by Wesley+Everest · · Score: 2
    In 1947, he wrote in his essay "Why I Write":
    The Spanish war and other events in 1936-37 turned the scale and thereafter I knew where I stood. Every line of serious work that I have written since 1936 has been written, directly or indirectly, against totalitarianism and for democratic socialism, as I understand it.
    He certainly didn't see any contradiction fighting against Fascism, Stalinism and Capitalism. To him, they were different forms of the same thing.

    I highly recommend reading Homage To Catalonia if you want some better insight into Orwell.

  112. Re: You are entirely correct. by Hrothgar+The+Great · · Score: 3, Insightful

    Exactly. As it stands now, for the vast majority of the populace, selecting a leader is like deciding which dishwasher detergent to purchase at the grocery store. You have a couple of brands with big, flashy, colorful boxes, that smell the same, look the same, and are probably manufactured by the same company. Want an alternative brand? Sorry, your store doesn't carry those.

    People put about that much effort into their decision, too: which of these two mainstream, functionally identical, overblown, similar looking men should I pick for President? Does it matter? No.

  113. Re:an alternate view QWZX by issachar · · Score: 1

    well then you rude fool... give us a source! (and since as a previous poster pointed out, the internet will tell you that no Jews died on Sept 11 because they got a "phone call" and magnetic rings cure all ills, don't just give me a web page. give me an actual book. (i.e. it's ISBN which you can get off Amazon. oh, and it better be peer-reviewed. And since these are such obvious "facts", how about giving us a few books?

    --
    . --- If you're looking for free e-mail you won't find it here! http://www.noemailhere.com
  114. A note about your sig... by MsGeek · · Score: 2

    Socrates wasn't banished. He was forced to either kill himself or be killed. I'd say that's a bit beyond banishment.

    --
    Knowledge is power. Knowledge shared is power multiplied.
    1. Re:A note about your sig... by freeweed · · Score: 2

      The Greeks didn't care much one way or the other. "Banishment" was a generic term used for the removal of a person from society. Which is pretty much what happened to Socrates, in the end :)

      --
      Endless arguments over trivial contradictions in books written by ignorant savages to explain thunder in the dark.
  115. Re:an alternate view QWZX by MORTAR_COMBAT! · · Score: 1

    iirc from history class, we not only invaded Indian land and warred against them, we slaughtered their entire food supply and left it to rot on the plains. oh, yeah, and we killed their women and children, and of course the men, because US cavalrymen for whatever reason liked the trophy of an Indian testicle sac over their saddle horn. look THAT one up. Americans have been seriously, seriously f*cked up. Maybe some day we'll get over ourselves.

    --
    MORTAR COMBAT!
  116. The *&%$ means... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    You have been trolled!

    1. Re:The *&%$ means... by Elwood+P+Dowd · · Score: 1

      Aaaagghh. Curses. ihbt.ihl.hand.

      --

      There are no trails. There are no trees out here.
  117. Re:an alternate view QWZX by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    you suffer from Pocahontas syndrome my friend. believing that natives were somehow a more enlightened race before being corrupted by Euro's is just as racist as believing that they're inferior. It denies their humanity and just a reworking of the quaint idea of the "noble savage"... Yes, Euro's thought up scalping, yes, greater technology may have created greater quantities of death in Europe. (not to mention greater population). but Natives are just as capable of evil and good as any other human population.

  118. There's always big brother by jalfreize · · Score: 2, Interesting

    Regardless of what the article says, human freedom hasn't changed drastically because of the 20th century technological explosion. On the other hand it has only created an exclusive community of information and wealth hoarders who decide what propoganda to feed to the not so fortunate majority.
    I mean look at the world today. Who do you think decides what is good and what is bad in the world today? Look at international diplomacy ... a country that dominates the world economy and has superlative military strength can just arbitrarily decide what the 'axis of evil' is.
    Look at economics...What we buy is decided by the marketing budgets of giant conglomerates who can trivially crush any small scale competition in the market simply on the basis of the depth of their war chest.
    The same goes for morality and education -- the culture in control of the world forces its own version of history and morality down our throats, and we have no choice but to accept their rhetoric simply because our voices are drowned out by their overwhelming media presence.
    It may sound strange to someone living in the 'first world' -- but for someone like me, this is an everyday reality.
    They may be MIT, but these guys don't know what they are talking about. They don't know how heavily the odds are stacked against anyone in the world who refuses to conform to what Big Brother ordains.
    You see, the beauty of 1984 was that while to a detached reader, the system seemed brutal and repressive, to someone absorbed by the system, it was the only way of life they could possibly dream of.
    The fact that these guys seem so convinced of their own infallibility only portends that perhaps, we are letting down our guard and letting propoganda get the better of us.
    Vigilance is the order of the day my friends! Let technology be your friend, but don't let it lull you into false complacency...

    1. Re:There's always big brother by sirishkr · · Score: 1

      Technology normally helps David and not Goliath. As we have progressed in the 20th century, the average lifespan of the successful organization has reduced coinciding with technological progress... what does that suggest?

  119. Re:an alternate view QWZX by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Aggressors?? Who moved in on who's land? I think you've got things backwards.

  120. Why do you say that? by Nindalf · · Score: 5, Interesting

    Remember Orwell's book is called 2084. It has always been called 2084, and it will always be called 2084.

    So things don't go badly in the real 2084, it is very important that we give our full and unconditional love and obedience to our government, the sole defender of freedom in the world. Otherwise, we could face the horrors Orwell wrote about: economic ruin, mass unemployment, global warming, parentless children roaming the streets in packs, cities isolated and divided by attacks on communication infrastructure synchronized with encrypted messages over the very same lines, suitcase nuclear weapons, drug-dealing warlords with more power than a feeble and helpless legitimate government, and so forth.

    We need to make sure there is no place for a terrorist like Big Brother to hide.

    1. Re:Why do you say that? by ShavenYak · · Score: 2

      Great post. You must work for Minitrue.

      Just for fun, here's Another prophetic warning about the year 2084.

      --

      Hey kids, there's only 5 days left 'til Yak Shaving Day!
    2. Re:Why do you say that? by Grahf666 · · Score: 1

      I don't worry much about evil NSA spooks and republicans taking away all my freedoms. There's enough cypherpunks and polticial activists around to keep the rebellion going. What I worry about is the masses willingly giving away their freedom and privacy, in the name of a false sense of "security" and "safety," two things which are NEVER absolute.

    3. Re:Why do you say that? by CommieLib · · Score: 1

      Isn't it just like a Slashdotter to fret over possible future threats and actual present ones.

      --
      If your bitterest enemies are people who hack the heads off civilians, then I would say you're doing something right.
    4. Re:Why do you say that? by zCyl · · Score: 2

      Isn't it just like a Slashdotter to fret over possible future threats and actual present ones.

      As opposed to foolishly ignoring them?!?

    5. Re:Why do you say that? by CommieLib · · Score: 1

      I would argue that many are foolishly ignoring the present, actual dangers.

      I don't like the fact that people should be looking out for suspicious characters. I really don't; suspicion is antithetical to a free society. But me not liking the choices doesn't change the choices.

      Let's consider this TIPS program. What it is really, if you've actually read the charter for the program rather than spouting off on it to look hip and ironic to your friends, is a centralized place to report suspicious activity, with a special program for folks who have a good opportunity to see it, like truckers. If you're opposed to the program, you are opposed to that. Now let me ask you, if you're say, a truck driver, and you see something suspicious, what exactly do you think is the best way to facilitate getting this info to the people who can help?

      I suspect that your entire response to this is that "well it could lead to...". And you're absolutely right! I'm a hardcore, drug-legalization, tax protesting libertarian, but if your approach to this situation is "well, people just shouldn't be looking for suspicious things because in an ideal world, we wouldn't have to", then you're just out to lunch.

      As Americans, we must absolutely be on guard against infringements on our liberties. But buddy, let me tell you, whatever possible future dangers this program poses are dwarfed by the reality of people inside this country today who are devoting their creativity and intelligence to killing your wife and children.

      --
      If your bitterest enemies are people who hack the heads off civilians, then I would say you're doing something right.
    6. Re:Why do you say that? by JoeBlows · · Score: 1

      mixing animal farm up in there a bit eh :-)

      --
      True capitalism = lots of similar companies = jobs for everyone who wants one.
    7. Re:Why do you say that? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Why is this modded up? You are a fucking moron. The book was called 1984 not 2084. Fuckwit.

    8. Re:Why do you say that? by richieb · · Score: 2
      The book was called 1984 not 2084.

      Some people just don't get it. you didn't read the book. Did you?

      --
      ...richie - It is a good day to code.
    9. Re:Why do you say that? by Suppafly · · Score: 2

      I've read the book (albeit several years ago) and I don't get it so perhaps its not as obvious as one would think.

    10. Re:Why do you say that? by verloren · · Score: 1

      One of the central themes was that Big Brother controlled the truth. The government could change history, so whatever they said happened actually happened. An example of this would be changing the title of a book to make it seem like a past threat was actually a future threat.

      I'd go so far as to say that if you didn't get this from the book, you didn't really read the book.

  121. An interesting critique of Brave New World by Nicolas+MONNET · · Score: 2

    An interesting critique of Brave New World from a smart drugs advocate. A very well documented site WRT psychoactive drugs, and a very informational source -- it's not your usual "ecstasy is soo cool" kind of stuff, but rather a very documented analysis of current research on psychopharmacology and their application to what the author calls "paradise engineering".

  122. USA is yet to become... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    USA is a relitivly young country that has not gone through the years of law that european and asian countries have been through. They are quickly headed down the same road. With all the social law and programs that have been/will be instituted, we are well on the way to being a socialistic country. Think about it.. medical care: standing in lines for non-descript care by an assigned doctor... national id cards (show me your papers)... pretty soon we will have to log a travel itenerary with the homeland security whatever to travel outside our designated habitation area.... cameras, fingerprints, facial recognition... taxes.. more taxes.. tariffs.. excise.. taxes on taxes.. sin taxes.. what exactly doesn't the government know about us? Last census they wanted to know how many bathrooms were in my house! life imprisonment for hacking.. that will be an easy way to get truth seekers behind bars..

    Sure there are beneficial reasons for all of these (except the medical rant). Next step will be govenment issued PC's, government issued email addresses, perhaps govenment issued IP's. would these be beneificial.. sure... so they will happen.. at one point or another.. they will happen. I have even read stories comparing the "microchip implant in the hand" to the mark of the beast. Is the microchip in the hand going to happen? Pay your grocery bill by scanning your hand, instant ID by scanning your hand.. you think not? Congress passed a bill allowing this technology just a few months ago "for medical and ID purposes only"... No way this will stop there... In order to participate in commerce will you need on? Maybe not us, may our children tho...

    They government is out there.. watching, collecting data.. on you. Don't think for one second they don't know where you live, work, bank, travel to, spend money on, email to, phone to... because everyone is a terrorist suspect.. and we want to know who they are. Do we care about our privacy, or our safety.

    I think we have reached my limit.. I want a little more privacy... I don't want to be a borg anymore.

    #!

  123. Not technology, the application of technology by Tenebrious1 · · Score: 5, Insightful

    Technology can be a great thing, but it shouldn't be worshipped without skepticism.

    There is no problem with technology. Technology is neither good nor bad, it is just the application of science. It is the application of the technology that can be good or bad, as you say in the first line. Why celebrate technology at all? We see it on /. all the time, new breakthroughs in science... we'll celebrate in 5 years when that new technology is applied and an actual product is on the shelf.

    There was nothing bad about the Germans inventing the rocket during WW2. The problem was they used the rocket to boost warheads towards London. There was nothing bad about encryption, except the Germans used it to secretly communicate plans of war. There is nothing wrong with technology, there is no reason to be skeptical about technology.

    It's also the argument driving human cloning. There is nothing good or bad about the technology itself, it's just science and science must go on. Should we be skeptical of the technology itself because it can eventually lead to "organ farms"? Or should we encourage the technology in hopes that good uses such as tissue regeneration becomes a reality and save our skepticism for when someone proposes to build a baby cloning facility?

    Yes, there are some instances where we do want to be skeptical why a person/corporation/country is developing certain technologies- Iraq and bio-chemical research is one example. But is there any reason to be skpetical about IBM and their research? About new technologies they develop? I don't think so. As I said before, I wouldn't go cheering word they've developed mondo-capacity memory chips until they were on the market, but being skeptical of the technology itself, that's overkill. Be skeptical of the uses of technology, not the technology itself.

    --
    -- If god wanted me to have a sig, he'd have given me a sense of humor.
    1. Re:Not technology, the application of technology by mother_superius · · Score: 1

      There is no problem with technology. Technology is neither good nor bad, it is just the application of science.

      Nerd translation: chaotic neutral.

    2. Re:Not technology, the application of technology by wisemat · · Score: 3, Insightful

      You are precisely right about everything you have said here. The problem is that all of this means that article is largely wrong. It was not the technology that brought down Stalinism, it was the way it was used and the fact that America and Europe got it first. If the Stallinists had developped some of the technology earlier, we may have a very different world. If the Nazis had developped some of the technology earlier, in particular if they had won the race to the Nuclear bomb, we would have had a very different world indeed.

    3. Re:Not technology, the application of technology by Darby · · Score: 1

      If the Nazis had developped some of the technology earlier, in particular if they had won the race to the Nuclear bomb, we would have had a very different world indeed.

      It's kind of funny ( in a really warped kind of way ) that several of the top people on the Manhattan Project were Jewish, some of them from Germany. If Hitler had picked someone else to try and exterminate ( or waited until after he won ) they would have been working on his project and he might have gotten it first.

    4. Re:Not technology, the application of technology by Tired_Blood · · Score: 1

      "There is no problem with technology. Technology is neither good nor bad, it is just the application of science."
      So WRT your subject line, we're really talking about the application of the application of science.

      I would like to assert that technology is BOTH good AND bad. I can't think of one technology that is exclusive either way. New technology will need time to expose both extremes.

      "There was nothing bad about the Germans inventing the rocket during WW2. The problem was they used the rocket to boost warheads towards London."
      Point one: the Germans didn't invent the rocket. Ancient asia had the solid fuel rocket, 1926 USA is credited with 1st liquid fuel rocket.
      Point two: the Germans DID invent the warhead-equiped high-altitude rocket (V2 - see above link) that happened to use liquid fuel pioneered in USA.

      The application of the technology is essential to the moral judgement. I can find some examples that initially seem VERY evil but, given a different application of the technology produces something very good. The example you provided with the V2 you labeled as bad. Considering that the same technology (delivery system of a payload via liquid-propelled rocket) allows for space travel and moon/Mars exploration, we can see that the application of the technology is what can be deemed good/bad. Therefore I agree that the technology itself cannot be judged.

      A more commonly experienced example is lockpicking tools. They're bad if possessed by a thief, while good when carried by the locksmith when you locked your key inside.

      I'll go one more: nuclear weapons. We are all exposed to the negative aspects, which I realize are severe. However, what options will we have if we spot a huge asteroid on collision with Earth in time?

      The reason we focus on the technology is because of the idiots and lunatics that may have access to the technology (releasing the "bad" potential of the technology).

      Overall, what's interesting to me is that technology is inspired by conflict. Man: versus man (automatic firearms); versus nature (farm tools); versus boredom (synthetic hallucinogens); versus time (time efficiency); etc.

      --
      This is not my sig.
    5. Re:Not technology, the application of technology by Archie+Steel · · Score: 2

      Well, to be fair he did also try to exterminate gypsies, homosexuals, feminists and communists.

      --

      Reminder: find a new sig
    6. Re:Not technology, the application of technology by Darby · · Score: 2

      Well, to be fair he did also try to exterminate gypsies, homosexuals, feminists and communists.

      I've always known my sense of humor was warped, but when I busted up laughing at "to be fair", I knew it was over the top. ROFL

    7. Re:Not technology, the application of technology by Theodore+Logan · · Score: 3, Interesting
      But is there any reason to be skpetical about IBM and their research? About new technologies they develop? I don't think so.

      IBM and the holocaust

      Also, please notice that statements like

      There is nothing wrong with technology, there is no reason to be skeptical about technology.

      are statements of opinion, not fact. Lines of research might be pursued for political reasons just as well as for any other kinds. While it may be true in theory that technology itself has no preferences, trying to apply such statements to the real world is splitting hairs at best, disingenious at worst.

      --

      "If you think education is expensive, try ignorance" - Derek Bok

    8. Re:Not technology, the application of technology by wisemat · · Score: 1

      It's kind of funny ( in a really warped kind of way ) that several of the top people on the Manhattan Project were Jewish, some of them from Germany. If Hitler had picked someone else to try and exterminate ( or waited until after he won ) they would have been working on his project and he might have gotten it first.

      That is entirely too true, sadly.

  124. All I could think of while reading this article by skintigh2 · · Score: 1

    is all the "American" companies rushing to make a buck by helping China opress her people through censorship and surveilance.

    Bring on the national ID cards and facial regonition technology, Orwell.

    You'd think a school of bookworms would have a better review of this book...

  125. What '1984' was about by Fentex · · Score: 2, Interesting

    George Orwell wasn't making a prediction about the future in '1984'. He didn't even name it '1984', his title was '1948'. His publisher's, like almost everyone else, missed the point of the story and thought he was predicting a repressive future. Orwell worked as a censor of the news for the British during WW2 and became horrified at how much was hidden and misrepresented to the public. His point isn't that 'the world may become thus', but rather 'how do you know the world isn't thus?'. Which should be extremely topical in the U.S at the moment where the Government is disappearing people having suspended their constitutional rights because of the threat posed by some evil overseas bogeyman - exactly the world the citizens in '1984' live in.

  126. CitizenCorps=USA's KGBesque informants... by Lawmeister · · Score: 3, Insightful
    it's all right there in the US government's own site:

    http://www.citizencorps.gov/tips.html

    "The program will involve the millions of American workers who, in the daily course of their work, are in a unique position to see potentially unusual or suspicious activity in public places."
    "Operation TIPS will be phased in across the country to enable the system to build its capacity to receive an increasing volume of tips."

    I'm so glad I live in Canada. Until the tanks roll across the border.... :(

    1. Re:CitizenCorps=USA's KGBesque informants... by BrainInAJar · · Score: 1

      Are you kidding?

      It will be glorious when the Tanks roll across the border and the conquest is complete

    2. Re:CitizenCorps=USA's KGBesque informants... by Pyrosz · · Score: 1

      Seems rather KGB'ish doesn't it?
      Small tip about a neighbour you don't like and ...

      "I'm so glad I live in Canada. Until the tanks roll across the border.... :("

      as to that, I'm not sure it will be tanks as such but more along the lines of a slow amalgamation with the states I think. Although that may have been slowed by the recent extra security at the border which has the effect of segregating us from them.

      --

      An optimist believes we live in the best world possible; a pessimist fears this is true.
    3. Re:CitizenCorps=USA's KGBesque informants... by talson · · Score: 1

      I'm so glad I live in Canada. Until the tanks roll across the border.... :(

      Actually, there won't be tanks - "War Plan Crimson" (or whatever the latest intervention plan is called) doesn't envision armoured conflict with Canadian troops. A light urban assault force rolling in to Ottawa, Toronto, Montreal and Kingston is sufficient. From there you can control the major political, media and business centres (except Vancouver, of course) plus military communications, the major highways, railways and the St. Lawrence seaway. Then you just have to manufacture an 'invitation to assist in controlling [whatever destabilizing event]' a la Grenada and there will be nothing to interrupt the flow of natural resources to the US economy. The trick is to move fast, not heavy.

      No joke! Declassified US planning documents from the early part of the century lay it all out and US base developments (Fort Drum) continue the trend. Check out Bordering on Aggression by Floyd W. Rudmin [Voyageur, 1993, 192 pages, $14.95 Can. tp, ISBN 0-921842-09-0]. It sounds like crazy talk, but Rudmin does a good job supporting his thesis. This kind of plan is actually just a testament to the abilities of the military to prepare for strange contingencies.

      The Baldwins and the Arquettes can rest easy knowing they will be avenged.

      A good book review of "Bordering on Aggression" here.

      Floyd Rudmin publications listed here.

  127. so reducing the use of technology... by kipple · · Score: 2

    ...means that who does that (reducing technology use) is more toward a totalitarism than toward freedom? Could we say that going after customers with lawsuits or enforcing copyright protection on digital media is "going agains the free spread of technology"?

    nah.. just a paper, just thoughts. I fear that nothing will change...

    [this post will probably be modded as 'troll', anyway]

    --
    -- There are two kind of sysadmins: Paranoids and Losers. (adapted from D. Bach)
  128. Huxley, not Orwell by bsletten · · Score: 2

    In Amused to Death Neil Postman discusses why it isn't the Orwellian future that should frighten us, but the Huxleyian one.

  129. False Assumptions/Debatable Points by Jett · · Score: 2

    From the article:
    "His novel 1984, written in 1948, contained the foremost prophecy of the cold war: that technological advancement would render Stalinism unstoppable, with individual liberty the inevitable casualty."

    I've read 1984 a few times, and in my opinion it is about a lot more than technology's effect on Stalinism. My guess is that most people would agree with that; I have never heard or read of anyone simplifying the book as being "Stalinism +Technology=1984"

    Also from the article:
    "Indeed, in the period from 1989 to 1991 we watched democracy and liberty spread (like a plague--to Communists) first through the Soviet satellites and then into the heart of the Soviet Union itself."

    We did? It looks a lot more like we saw the degeneration of the Soviet empire into a fragmented lawless group of failed States controlled by mafias and under siege by theocrats.

    Other than that the article is way too optimistic and deterministic:
    "Technology--especially infomation and communications technology--has been the most liberating force in history."
    This is probably true, but I don't think it necesarily follows from this that technological progress will make us all free. People have to desire liberty before they can have it, and they have to use it if they want to keep it. Technology (as I think it's defined in the article) can't solve those kinds of problems.
    Maybe I'm a pessimist but I don't think most people (or most of the people who control society) really want liberty. So regardless of "liberating technology" freedom doesn't seem likely to do much other than diminish.

  130. Re:an alternate view QWZX by ShavenYak · · Score: 2

    Actually, I think it's called Dances With Wolves syndrome nowadays. Your point is well taken, though.

    The post you're replying to did have one good point: the inter-tribal wars were bloody affairs, but they weren't wars of annihilation. This is one of the reasons the Native people were never able to get organized and defend themselves; they always assumed the whites would fight with them for a while and then come to terms and live in peace like other tribes. They didn't realize until it was too late that the 'settlers' weren't going to settle for less than the entire continent.

    --

    Hey kids, there's only 5 days left 'til Yak Shaving Day!
  131. 1984 is a warning, not a prediction by bigpat · · Score: 2

    Orwell's vision shows that technology could enable a form of totalitarianism that was much more invasive than what was possible at the time. Would anyone disagree with this part of the vision?

    With new technology every aspect of peoples lives can be under the scrutiny of governments. Transponders on our cars, checkins at airports servailance cameras could easily track our movements. Credit Cards largely track our purchases. The government knows where we work and how much we make. Public school systems are homogenizing their curriculums under state standards. Larger and larger databases keep information on the most trivial aspects of our lives for much longer than has been the case before. People in debt themselves to large institutions through studentloans, mortgages credit cards because this is the only way to buy your way into the greater society. We become more specialized in our jobs becoming more and more dependent on others for our survival. The system we are creating is almost ripe for the taking. All that is needed is a unifying vision.

  132. [OT] Karma report. by Black+Parrot · · Score: 4, Funny

    > Karma: Good (mostly affected by moderation done to your comments)

    Since Taco insists on progressively obfuscating karma, I suggest that he go one step further and simply show you an icon of what animal you will be reincarnated as if you continue with your current karmic habits.

    And of course, he should support a user preference that allows you to display your destiny with a roguelike symbol, in case you want to turn off image downloads, or brag about your karma in your .sig

    --
    Sheesh, evil *and* a jerk. -- Jade
    1. Re:[OT] Karma report. by MrResistor · · Score: 2

      Since Taco insists on progressively obfuscating karma, I suggest that he go one step further and simply show you an icon of what animal you will be reincarnated as if you continue with your current karmic habits.

      That's a pretty cool idea. I actually like that better than numbers.

      --
      Under capitalism man exploits man. Under communism it's the other way around.
    2. Re:[OT] Karma report. by Max+the+Merciless · · Score: 2, Funny

      Can 50+ be a Gnu?

      --
      * * Always question "the National Interest" - 9 times out of 10 it is a cover for evil
    3. Re:[OT] Karma report. by pommiekiwifruit · · Score: 1
    4. Re:[OT] Karma report. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      ok karma boy how`s this for instant karma-
      http://www.washingtontimes.com/national/20 020716-7 5882632.htm

  133. Well, depends from the point of view... by NorthDude · · Score: 1

    The article isn't wrong from my point of view,

    Yes, computers and Hi-Tech machine are available to almost everyone (well, in developed country) but what we see happening more and more isn't that far from the vision he had at that time. Yes, the book talked about government controling everything. But replace government by international corporation and isn't it almost the same thing? Denying the right to the population to say what they want or to transfer knowledge, being it only about computers (for now) is already a way to create a gap between what the population and the "Big Brother" possibilities are. And once the gap is big enough, it is just harder and harder to protect what is left from your rights. Imagine it, today, the DMCA forbids you from divulgating how to circumvent a protection device. The law has been passed and applied in many case already. So it is no sci-fi!

    And then, what's next? In the name of security, You will not be able to publish how to use pick-locks? You will not be allowed to tell someone how nuclear energy work? And you wont be allowed to teach kungfu either. And in the same name of security, some licensed corporation, or government, will have the right to spy on you and to use those things which you can't! The last Cruise movie will became a reality and you will be guilty of things which you have not done yet, based on vision from the leaders. Anyway, what's 1 error out of a 100!

    Sorry, but I think that the book wasn't so far from the truth. it may have been wrong in the details, but the concept was so true. As much has technologies can help a society to evolve, laws to prevent informations to be passed freely and law forbiding the use of this same technologies will only create wider gaps between who controls and who is controled. And I don't know if someone remember, but the government is suppose to represent its population, not to control it as he wish. Corporation are entities and should be treated as such. Letting them do what ever they want because it could stimulate the economy is NOT a solution, it is the source of the problem.

    Big Brother exist, and who it is has the money.

    --


    I'd rather be sailing...
    1. Re:Well, depends from the point of view... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0
      Try using English... maybe then someone will understand what you're saying here.

      I am The Bungi!

  134. Well DUH!!! by mark-t · · Score: 2

    Of course the problem isn't the technology, it's the people in power that choose to use it for those purposes. The thing here is that as technology advances, such futures move from the domain of the strictly imagined into the realm of genuine feasability. All it takes is a few people in positions of wealth or authority to use the available technology to take away our privacy and render our individual rights meaningless.

  135. Where the reviewer went wrong by DunbarTheInept · · Score: 2

    Where the reviewer went wrong was his faulty premise that Orwell was making a prediction that was fatalistic, and that Orwell actually thought the events in 1984 were inevitable. It's pretty obvious from reading the book that it was meant as a scare of what *might* come if people weren't careful, not a determinisitic prediction. It was obviously a work meant to stir action in its readers to *avoid* the situation depicted in the book. That it didn't come to pass (yet?) does not prove Orwell wrong, since Orwell wasn't claiming it was inevitable.

    --

    Don't label something "offtopic" unless you know the topic well enough to tell what's on topic.

  136. Re:an alternate view QWZX by jdcook · · Score: 2
    "Of course, you neglect to mention that Indians started the custom of scalping."

    It was the French that invented scalping.

    --
    Q:How many libertarians does it take to stop a Panzer division? A:None. Obviously market forces will take care of it.
  137. Re:an alternate view QWZX by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    My friend, you are sadly mistaken.

    The Indians achieved the highest level of civilization in the entire world. Nearly all the "atrocities" that were ascribed to them were made up by the White Man.

    In fact, it's recently been discovered that the Indians were FAR more technically advanced than has been realized. In fact, it's only pretty recently that we have moved past where the Indians were in the 19th century. Parts of their system of mathematics are so advanced that we still don't totally understand them.

    Ironically, it's because their civilization was so advanced that we didn't understand it. The indians had developed a system for working within the land at maximum efficiency. When you analyze the engineering of the teepee -- still the most efficient living space ever invented by man -- you see the sublime genius of their civilization. In fact, the recently discovered teepee engineering drawings show an astounding knowledge of physics. Other documents recovered show that the indians had a deep knowledge of quantum mechanics based on their experiments with peyote mixtures.

    What a shame that we couldn't learn from their advanced technology, rather than just destroy what we didn't understand. We could be 200 years ahead of where we are now.

  138. On republics... by mindstrm · · Score: 2

    A republic can also be a democracy.

    The US is a republic.
    So is Ireland.
    So are many, many others.

  139. The Danger of Misreading Orwell by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0


    it is singularly appropriate that an mit student misread orwell's 1984 as a "futurist" vision of a possible society. in fact he was criticising the totalitarianism of his present day and the methods such societies employ to control its populace. (1948... 48, 84, get it?)

    if you don't believe that doublethink exists today and is actively employed by the government then you ought to get yourself a copy of 1984 and read it. then read his essay "politics and the english language" http://www.mtholyoke.edu/acad/intrel/orwell46.htm in which Orwell puts forward his belief that the words that one cannot use become the thoughts one cannot think.

    1984 has no clearer messages than:

    1. the words that one cannot use become the thoughts one cannot think
    2. whoever controls language and words controls thoughts and ideas
    3. whoever controls thoughts and ideas controls people
    of which the idea "whoever controls history controls the present and future" is a subset

    in the mean time consider how the following phrases have become unassailable by in employing equal parts nonsense, fear and sloganeering:

    1. war on terror
    2. axis of evil
    3. attack on freedom
    4. homeland security

  140. what about this? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    http://www.citizencorps.gov/tips.html

    millions of americans 'doing their duty for the party'

    you have to watch what you say around your mail man, your banker, your neighbors, your children?

  141. Points to note by guttentag · · Score: 5, Informative
    1. MIT has an interest in ensuring that people do not fear technology. Worst case scenario: a technophobic generation starts shunning the MITs of the world for agricultural colleges.

    2. Appending the MIT brand to someone's opinion doesn't necessarily mean the author is any more knowledgeable than the clerk at your local 7-eleven.

    3. The author is not an MIT professor of economics, political science, sociology, literature, comp-sci or any other subject that would qualify him as an authority on the subjects covered by 1984. He teaches astrogeophysics at Berkeley. He currently teaches a course called "Physics for future Presidents" ["my goal is to cover the physics that future world leaders need to know (and maybe present world leaders too....)."] and is the author of a historical novel called "The Sins of Jesus."

      The assumption that presidents need to understand physics (rather than employ well-informed experts as advisors on the subject) and the profession that Jesus used "magic and deception" to pose as the son of God (based on "historical facts and biblical references") makes me wary of his preaching.

    1. Re:Points to note by gargle · · Score: 2

      The assumption that presidents need to understand physics (rather than employ well-informed experts as advisors on the subject) ... makes me wary of his preaching.

      Presidents don't need to understand physics, but liberal arts majors need to take a couple of soft science classes to fulfill their distribution requirements. And what physics class could be more fitting for a dazzling, charming and sexy berkeley arts major than a class designed for "future presidents"? Ahem....

  142. I respectfully disagree by Tranvisor · · Score: 3, Insightful

    While in general, your statement holds to be true, like all rules it has its exceptions.

    One very large exception is the growth of technology's effect of the environment. The fact that it used to be, if your TV broke, you took it to the repair shop. Now TV's are so cheap, everybody just gets a new one. Disposable devices ad trinkets are all the rage, now, and their use is growing.

    I'm sure that in my lifetime, I will see the introduction of a disposible cellphone. Many other things are now considered this way as well, computer printers, and any other computer device, really. There's no way to fix a trashed video card.

    Our rampant consumerism may cause our downfall if we don't stop buying the latest gimmick every time a new one comes out. Try to take a second out of everyday and think, "Do I really need this?"

    I know, I know, I preach way to much.

    1. Re:I respectfully disagree by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      I'm sure that in my lifetime, I will see the introduction of a disposible cellphone.

      Unless you die six months ago, you will.

    2. Re:I respectfully disagree by superyooser · · Score: 1
      One very large exception is the growth of technology's effect of the environment.

      And just what is that effect? Global warming? There's no evidence that the actions of humans have had a significant effect on climate. The Greenhouse Effect? Evidence indicates that the increased amount of CO2 in the air is stimulating the growth of trees, and thus, the production of O2. Oil spills? Sorry, we're no match against nature. Large amounts of oil gush into the ocean every day through naturally occurring cracks in the ocean floor. Not to worry, though. Certain bacteria happen to think that petro tastes yummy, so they eat it up! Yeah, a few birds and fish will get a nasty oil bath from top-surface spills, but they'll restore their numbers within a generation.

      Technology giveth trouble, and technology taketh it away.*

      At the end of the 19th century, an English journalist wrote that the number of horses needed to provide transport in London was increasing so fast that the city would be engulfed in horse manure in less than twenty years! This raw sewage was left in streets or dumped in rivers polluting both water and air. Cities became havens for disease-carrying insects. And how many helpless trees had to be axed to make way for grazing pastures for all those horses? *jabs at the tree huggers* ;-) Fortunately, the automobile came along just in time to disprove this prediction and save the city from catastrophe.

      The New Bad: Automotive technology created toxic emissions.
      The New Good: Automotive technology significantly reduced toxic emissions by giving us the catalytic converter.
      The Better New Good: And those water-emitting hydrogen fuel cell cars will come any day.. err decade now.

      So you're worried about landfills? We'll find a solution. Think about this. Technology has not yet been harnessed in an attempt to solve this problem. To quote some famous words, We have not yet begun to fight! We will win when we fight. It looks scary now, but it'll be defeated once we devote our attention and resources to the problem.

      Not that any of this matters anyway, because the earth will expire in 2050. (I saw it in the Science section of /.)

      *This is a proverb, not a mathematical law of absoluteness in which all negatives of technology are completely cancelled out by positives of technology alone (nature helps, too). This also says nothing about the time frame of resolution to problems, but I believe that the pressures of humanity to survive and live happily will keep such problems in check before they get out of hand. After all these millennia, humanity's still batting 1.000.

    3. Re:I respectfully disagree by cp99 · · Score: 1

      Global warming? There's no evidence that the actions of humans have had a significant effect on climate.

      And your peer reviewed scientific evidence for this is???

      The Greenhouse Effect? Evidence indicates that the increased amount of CO2 in the air is stimulating the growth of trees, and thus, the production of O2.

      So...

      What does more O2 production have to do with the greenhouse effect? Do you even know what the greenhouse effect is? (Here's a hint, extra oxygen doesn't neutralise it).

      Oil spills? Sorry, we're no match against nature. Large amounts of oil gush into the ocean every day through naturally occurring cracks in the ocean floor. Not to worry, though. Certain bacteria happen to think that petro tastes yummy, so they eat it up!

      Phew... and I was worried about local effects.

      Oh wait, you just ignored that.

      Yeah, a few birds and fish will get a nasty oil bath from top-surface spills, but they'll restore their numbers within a generation.

      And your scientific peer reviewed evidence for is???

      --
      Warning: Some ideologies on the Net are smaller than they appear.
    4. Re:I respectfully disagree by gargle · · Score: 2

      One very large exception is the growth of technology's effect of the environment. The fact that it used to be, if your TV broke, you took it to the repair shop. Now TV's are so cheap, everybody just gets a new one. Disposable devices ad trinkets are all the rage, now, and their use is growing.

      The solution is to price the environmental impact of human activities correctly. So if your company pollutes, you pay a fee. If you throw something away, you pay a fee that properly prices the environmental effect of the waste. etc.

    5. Re:I respectfully disagree by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      "The New Bad: Automotive technology created toxic emissions.
      The New Good: Automotive technology significantly reduced toxic emissions by giving us the catalytic converter.
      The Better New Good: And those water-emitting hydrogen fuel cell cars will come any day.. err decade now."

      The New Bad to trouble The Better New Good:
      Oil and petroleum companies buy the inventions and patents on any new engine that runs on fuel cells and toss them away.....

    6. Re:I respectfully disagree by jamespharaoh · · Score: 1

      I thought cellphones were disposable? I lost or break mine every 2 months or so and my service provider (Orange, in the UK) just send me a new one off the insurance!

      I've gone through about 9 since my contract started early 2001...

      *GRIN*

  143. Read these as well... by The_Guv'na · · Score: 1

    I'm currently reading You Are Being Lied To and will soon read Everything You Know Is Wrong alongside Nineteen Eighty Four (not '1984' FFS!). There are some BIG parralells between the two, and I'm only a few chapters in on each. They both take on a new dimention when read together.

    Remember that MIT, like any other guvverment organisation, cannot teach anything that really annoys the ruling elite.

    Ali

    Note: The books are fatter than they appear (roughly A4, more than 1" thick), so are excellent value. :)

  144. Communism = dictatorship by liberteus1 · · Score: 1
    You wrote:
    Pure communism is only an economic system (i.e. it's actually possible to have a democratic government and a communist economic model)
    You can NOT have communism without a dictatorship since communism depends on individuals giving up their rights for the system to live on.
    Historic fact: Everywhere someone tried to implement a communist system it failed, resulting in horrible and massive crimes.
    Logical argumentation: in a communist system, there is no private property. You can not choose what you want to produce, what your children need to study, etc etc. There is no market to define that, but still someone, something must take decisions. Therefore you have a "party", a "comity", a "soviet", whatever you want to call it, to decide in your place. Since many decisions will hurt people, they will have to be enforced by violence. Of course, you can still argue that "soviets" can be democratically elected. So what ? In the end, they will use violence to enforce the decisions they take.
    1. Re:Communism = dictatorship by swillden · · Score: 2

      Historic fact: Everywhere someone tried to implement a communist system it failed, resulting in horrible and massive crimes.

      This actually isn't true. No truly communal systems have ever survived for very long, but not all of the failures were horrible or resulted in massive crime, and some of them were very successful for a time.

      Communes can only work when their members are very unselfish and interested at least as much in the welfare of others as in their own. For this reason, the most successful communes have been those populated by people united by ideology, particularly by religious ideology.

      As an example of a commune that thrived for a time and then gradually, but peacefully, collapsed, read up on Orderville, a Mormon commune in the late 1800's. Unselfishness and hard work made Orderville a wealthy community in a short period of time -- communism really is a more effective economic model when the community is composed of people who love to work hard and lack greed. Orderville's communal system lasted for about 15 years and probably would have lasted longer except the U.S. government was pressuring the Mormons in Utah to stop being so different from everyone else.

      Communism only works well with selfless people and, in fact, harnesses their devotion to the good of others to power the system. Capitalism works well with selfish people and, in fact, harnesses their greed to power the system.

      It's clear which system works in the long run.

      --
      Note to ACs: I usually delete AC replies without reading them. If you want to talk to me, log in.
  145. Re:an alternate cold view by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Actually not, but the feelgooders and bleating oneworlders DO get beaten down. No exceptions exist, not at least in the last 8,000 years: The iron cultural law is this: The powerful do as they will - the weak do as they must. Obey that law. You will first be minimized, then marginalized and finally crushed if you seek any other cultural motif - and you will do more harm not just to yourself, but to others than whatever (merciful) good is done ... as for example the Zionists are discovering. Their socio-integrationist political fantasies are torturing all Semites & all Jews. They ought to have read Thucydides, and read him twice.

  146. [OT] Crusader by Black+Parrot · · Score: 2

    > has made a strong effort to convince the public (and rather sucessfully, given media reports) that the true source of terror is Iraq and Saddam Hussein - the old, not-quite-vanquished enemy of Bush's daddy.

    I-i-i want a war
    Ju-u-ust like the war
    That reelected^w (oops!) droveuptheratingsof Dear Old Dad!
    I'm genuinely curious why the Old Guard is so eager to wage Gulf War II, but even more curious, IMO, is the fact that to all appearances the group that is pushing so hard for it is the same group that wants to kill the Crusader artillery system on the grounds^w excuse that "We'll never fight another heavy-metal war like the Gulf War".

    --
    Sheesh, evil *and* a jerk. -- Jade
  147. Communism and democracy by RatFink100 · · Score: 2

    Whilst in theory Communism is an economic one and does not preclude democracy, in practice it tends to require such a degree of centralized control that it leads naturally to a concentration of power - and concentrations of power usually lead to abuse.

    On a small scale - small rural communities - communism can work - on a national one - it breaks down or becomes tyranny.

  148. Orwell, China, and Russia by hvatum · · Score: 0

    I personally beleive that Opressive countries are still working out the best way to control content using technology. In the future I see a world in which technology will become a commodity and be censored in the same way printed media is. The only diffrence would be that govrenments will be able to better custom tailor content to their people. Once technology becomes good enough mass survalance will be possible, it is highly probable that some govrenment will employ it. If someone like Stalin again comes in power such a situation is highly likely. For those who say content cannot be controlled, just look at china's great wall or Microsofts upcomming palladium. All that would be required for palladium to gain complete controll would be govrenment endorsment through legeslation. This legeslation would obviously be in the name of either "trustworthy computing" or "Secure computing/infestructure"

    --
    Netbooks, they come with Linux or a $3 copy of Windows. Either way, Microsoft loses.
  149. It's a paradox by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    It's been a long time since I read 1984, but wasn't lack of awareness the principle point? Something vital had been lost, but almost nobody missed it. The more faithfully 2002 contains the spirit of "1984", the less likely we are to recognize the similarity. I can't really tell, but I'm sure Mr. Orwell did very well. I seem to remember some kind of difference, but it's all very hazy....

    Oh well... back to the telecommute. Got to crank out that UML...

  150. Logical Fallacy by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    One can easily disregard this article as intellectually dishonest humbug by noting its premise, that george orwell is a futurist whose novel 1984 failed to predict the future, is simply a Straw Man (tm) that the writer has strung up himself for the purpose of tearing it down.

    George Orwell was not a futurist or a scifi writer. If anything, he is by his own description a political writer. His novel 1984 isn't so much a futuristic prediction of events to come but a warning about Stalinism and the very real and present dangers that it was posing in his day... 1948. As others before me have pointed out '84 is a transposition of '48, the year in which he wrote the novel.

    There is something vaguely discouraging about an article like this being published in a time where information technologies have put the most powerful research tools ever concieved at the hands of scholars. The irony of this article is that for all the benefits afforded by the new technologies that it touts, the author fundamentally misreads a very straight forward book and uses intellectually dishonest means to attack it.

    If anything the author employs (and suffers the effects of) the very tactics that Orwell describes in his book. That is, intellectual trickey and hokum with the intention to attack-attack-attack what one does not undestand or agree with. Such a reading of 1984 is the equivalent of a geneticist criticising "Animal Farm" for being over optimistic about the breeding of talking pigs.

    Signed,

    Anonymous Coward

  151. Orwellian everything by Shamashmuddamiq · · Score: 1
    There have been lots of Orwellian societies in existence since the beginning of time. He didn't have the year wrong. It was the magnitude.

    Orwellian societies such as the Mormon church (read their laughable history...no, read it again, you might like it this time!), and companies such as Enron and Microsoft all have significant aspects of the Orwellian culture.

    Perhaps the barriers to a magnitude of totalitarianism expressed in the book are simply a matter of time. But more than likely, society as a whole will live outside that sort of influence, while small pockets will constantly thrive inside of the bigger picture.

    --
    ...just my 2 gil.
  152. Not to be paranoid, but by brandonsr · · Score: 2, Interesting

    How do we know that technology isn't used to spread propaganda now? Anything is possible. I don't think that Orwell was really trying to "predict" the future in his book. I've read 1984 several times and I love it, but it seems to me that he was only trying to warn us what might happen if such a thing were to ever happen. It was a work of fiction after all. The morals taught should be taken more seriously than the story it's self.

  153. Writer is naive about Russia, other things by br00tus · · Score: 3, Interesting

    1984 was written in 1948, and with his number flip he was writing about his own time as well as a future forecast. Remember that the world was divided into three territories, and all were under different, yet very similar systems. He was not just writing about the Soviet Union or Nazi Germany, but the UK and United States, where in 1948, blacks in the South couldn't vote, couldn't marry white people, could only use "colored" facilities and so forth.

    The article says "we watched democracy and liberty spread (like a plague--to Communists) first through the Soviet satellites and then into the heart of the Soviet Union itself." This is a very simple-minded and naive view of Russia. Russians were able to vote since 1917 in elections - true for only one party, but in the US is there an alternative to the Republicrats? George Washington himself discouraged seperate political parties. Let's look at the "democratic and free" Russia now. One of the first things that happened was the Tsar was exhumed and given a state funeral - not a good sign. Then the socialist bureaucracy who controlled the means of production became the capitalists who controlled the means of production. Who are the new Russian rich? The old socialist bureaucracy! At least in the old system they didn't pass on their privilege generation to generation. Nowadays, an ex-KGB head runs Russia (Putin) and he's been censoring the press recently. Where's the uproar in the West? This MIT article is as much spoonfed propaganda as they had in the Soviet Union. It will only make sense if you're used to nodding and going along with "the party line". I live near a Russian ex-pat community, and they do not have these fantasies about how Russia magically went from a horrible evil empire in 1988 to a wonderful free democracy where everything is perfect by 1992, or 2002. I'll believe the people who've been there over this almost sickening propaganda and over-simplification. The reality is things were better (although with problems) than is implied before 1990, and are worse than explicitly said they are, after 1990. If any Slashdotter wants to find out about Russia, stop reading what people from MIT or the White House say and find a real, live person who lived in Russia during the 80's and 90's and ask them.

    Michael Harrington, a student of the poor in America, once said "If there is a technological advance without a social advance, there is, almost automatically, an increase in human misery." I tend to agree with this position. Unlike decades ago, I have had to undergo the humiliation of a urine test multiple times in order to get a job so I can continue eating and have a roof over my head. I even had to be fingerprinted with the fingerprints sent to the FBI twice - once for a city job, once for a financial job. Every street I walk down has security cameras gazing at me, and every store I walk into has security gates that electromagnetically scan me. My communications over the phone and over the Internet are open to a variety of monitoring, this has always been the case with my international communications, with the PATRIOT act it means virtually anything.

    1984 has come to pass, and like in the book, they are continually refining the technique. If people sit around and just let it happen, it will get worse and worse. The only solution is to organize and fight it. CPSR and EFF help fight some of this technological encroachment, and there are other groups that fight other technological encroachment - NORML for urine tests (the Supreme court just ruled public schools can test students in any extracurricular activity, sports or no, for drugs) and many other groups. The only way these things get better by is by organizing together and doing something about it. There are no big victories, big changes are always just the accumulation of many small victories. Like-minded people organizing together to fight for the democracy and liberty as the article said are the only means of achieveing real liberty and democracy, one step at a time.

  154. Re:an alternate view QWZX by antirename · · Score: 1

    Excellent arcticle... if the same thing happened again (overly successful biowar, for example) I'm sure the landscape would be a lot different in 200 years. I've lived in Central America... the jungle takes everything back very, very quickly once people leave.

  155. Re:an alternate view QWZX by Jus+ad+Bellum · · Score: 1

    Now i'm not the best at US history but didn't the Massacre at Wounded Knee happen on 29/12/1890. And it involved the mass murder of 300 unarmed Sioux in an internment camp. And if your looking for a book with such information in it I think the following should do, a neighbour of my read it and said it was very enlightening: The Wild Frontier: Atrocities During the American-Indian War from Jamestown Colony to Wounded Knee by William M. Osborn

  156. 1984 by nukeade · · Score: 1

    Well, yeah, we all will know the truth if the government lies to us, and we know that some of the laws they pass and actions they take are unjust, but does just knowing stop them?

    We all know the DMCA essentially makes knowledge illegal, but I don't see anyone rioting on the streets. We knew that Americans were being held in detention centers with no charges brought against them, but no one brought that up on the 6:00 news. We know that the government has the capability to record our phone calls and communications in some cases without even a court order, but few encrypt their communications or cancel their phone bill for that. Maybe technology won't enslave us, but complacency works just as well.

    ~Ben

  157. Orwell's biggest point was about religion! by rufusdufus · · Score: 3, Interesting

    It seems to me that most people miss the biggest (yet veiled) point in 1984. Orwell was against organized religion, thats who the bad guys really were. Yes its about power, but not technological power. Its about mind control. Mind control of the type the Church has. Look in the book and you will see they convince their captors that 2+2=5 *and* that god is powerful.

    1. Re:Orwell's biggest point was about religion! by Chris+Z.+Wintrowski · · Score: 1
      >Mind control of the type the Church has.

      Yeah, maybe in your "church", you Satan-worshipping
      moron.

      --
      - Chris Z. Wintrowski -
      [ Site ]
    2. Re:Orwell's biggest point was about religion! by ScottSwanson · · Score: 1

      I don't fear organized religion (although the abuses of the Catholic Church and other church-like cults are truly disgusting) as much as I fear the current ethos of "the bottom line is the *ONLY* thing that matters". The US FCC just ruled that it is OK for the telephone companies can sell information about *WHO YOU TALK TO ON THE TELEPHONE* to "marketing affiliates"!!!!! It is technology that enables these and countless other privacy invasions, not religion.

  158. It probably isn't irony by 88myboysherman88 · · Score: 1
    Remember the "Office of Public Diplomacy?" Under the Reagan Administration this band of propogandists taught us the horrors of the Sandanistas by planting stories, ghostwriting Op-Eds and staging bogus news briefings, like the fraudulent Mig story on the eve of the 1984 election. Ironic, eh?

    The program was ultimately condemned by Congress in the early 90's for waging an info war against the American people -- paraphrasing here: the likes of those we would use against a foreign enemy.

    Otto Reich was the director of this infowar program in the 80's. Reich was returned to the White house without confirmation (Congressional recess) as the US's lead Latin American Diplomat.

    That MIT, the DoD's prized tech school and farm team, might produce this piece of dog crap should not be seen as ironic or crazy, it should be seen as creepy and scary and . . .well . . .ok, a little ironic.

  159. The Newspeak version of the article by Animats · · Score: 2
    1984, that ungood futurewise Orwellian year, has finwise arrived. The phenomenon George Orwell predicted reached full bloom around 1989, and has been straggling to completion ever since. Few party workers noticed, however, because of a simple error in Orwell's prediction. His analysis was right, but he got the sign wrong. His novel 1984, written in 1948, contained the foremost prophecy of the cold engagement: that technologwise advancement would render Goldsteinism unstoppable, with individual crimethink the inevitable casualty. However, when the technologies that would enable this totalitarian global village reached fruition, the victim was not crimethink, but Goldsteinism itself. What went right?

    When the eponymful year arrived it spawned numerful essays, most arguing either that the dreaded era had actuwise come, if only we looked closewise, or that it was imminent. But they were wrong. In the initial decades of the cold engagement, the Goldsteinism envisioned by Orwell conquered much of the world, but then, like the Martians in H.G. Wells's The Engagement of the Worlds, began to die as if from a mysteriful disease. Indeed, in the period from 1989 to 1991 we watched ungoodthink and crimethink spread (like a plague -- to Communists) first through the Eurasian satellites and then into the heart of Eurasia itself. Ever since Mary Shelley's Frankenstein, futurists -- including Orwell -- have worried that technology's growing avalanche would overwhelm all attempts to control it. On that point, Orwell was right. But he mistakenwise prophesied that governments would successfuwise use technology as a weapon to unbuild crimethink. Communications would spread propaganda (the "Big Untruth") and electronics would be used for surveillance and thought control. ProleFeed had spread Hitler's doubleplus ungood eloquence to doubleplusmany of Germans, many more than could have been reached by the unamplified human voice. By 1948, Stalin had effectivewise used technology to achieve god-like status in Eurasia. Orwell extrapolated the trend, and that's where he went wrong.

  160. Re:More afraid of Socialism - NOT! by Jus+ad+Bellum · · Score: 1

    Well if your so worried about Palladium and ISP snooping, why are you not worried about Intel sticking a radio in every chip? Radio could be misused as well sending 1984ish information control on your little PC...

  161. Bush's 1984 by (eternal_software) · · Score: 2, Informative

    From:

    http://commondreams.org/views02/0707-06.htm

    When I read that the Bush administration's proposal for a labyrinthine "Department of Homeland Security" included an exemption from the Freedom of Information Act, a thought that had been scratching the back of my mind like an industrious mouse scurried into the open: There is something Orwellian about the amorphous "war on terrorism."

    The proposed new department would combine 22 federal agencies and have more armed agents than any other agency. But the Bush administration doesn't want you to be able to find out what the hell it's doing. National security, you know.

    This and constantly trotting out "the war" as justification for whatever the Bush crowd wants to do reminded me of Orwell's anti-totalitarian classic, "1984." I don't want to overstate the case, but flipping though my old paperback, there are creepy similarities.

    In the nightmare world of Orwell's 1984, "Airstrip One" (aka England) is ruled by an all-powerful Party, and is in a constant state of war; the Party's motto reads, in part, "WAR IS PEACE." But the "enemy" shifts all the time between two distant nations, Eastasia and Eurasia. Not unlike Bush's slowly expanding "axis of evil."

    Like the "war on terrorism," Airstrip One's war is far away, and is hazy to the average citizen. See if this passage echoes present reality: "In a physical sense, the war involves very small numbers of people, mostly highly trained specialists, and causes comparatively few casualties. The fighting, when there is any, takes place on the vague frontiers whose whereabouts the average man can only guess at."

    Orwell, according to critic Erich Fromm, "gives an impressive picture of how a society must develop which is constantly preparing for war." Bush declares this war will go on for 10 years or more. Whenever he or his lieutenants want us to swallow some new reduction in liberties -- i.e. the onerous USA-PATRIOT act, which enables more government snooping in private lives; BIG BROTHER IS WATCHING YOU -- they haul out the war excuse.

    I support an intelligence-based, targeted war on the diffuse threat of terrorists, as do many Americans. But that doesn't give the Bush hawks permission to go ranging off on any military adventure they choose, such as finishing Poppy's biz in Iraq.

    Pretending that we are now in a "war" that demands sacrifices in civil liberties -- though curiously, none in material comforts -- is insulting. World War II was a real war, and Americans rightly gave up essentials to support the fighting overseas. It's disingenuous to suggest that the current "war" is remotely similar.

    Of course, doublespeak was crucial to maintaining Party power in "1984," too. According to the Bush people, citizens aren't necessarily citizens if we just tag them enemies, and POWs aren't really POWs. And if they say it's war, damn it, it is war, whether the enemy shifts from al-Qaida to Iraq to...?

    War is an instrument of power not just over an enemy, but over the citizens at home. And as a Party torturer in "1984" says, "Always there will be the intoxication of power, constantly increasing and constantly growing subtler ... If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face -- for ever."

    No, it's not that bad. Not yet. But let's all keep an eye on who's lacing up their boots, shall we?

  162. Information wants to be free by bigsexyjoe · · Score: 1
    Privacy will die because information wants to be free. However maybe we can spy on the governments and corporations, too. It may very well be that there are no secrets in the future.

    I think technology has liberated people throughout history. I believe that this is because the upper class becomes less oppressive as there is more stuff to go around.

    In Rome, they had to oppress the slaves because there was a lot of work to do and not always enough food to go around.

    Throughout time liberty and equality increased. Unions were probably able to get higher pay in the middle of the 20th century because it was simply the path of least resistance for owners.

  163. Forms of social control by asreal · · Score: 3, Informative
    When 1984 was written, Orwell couldn't invision any form of social control that was not ideological control. After all, if you couldn't control people's ideas and keep them from thinking politically, they would revolt against their oppressors!

    Since 1948, however, a new form of social control has emerged. Some of you may recognize the name. It's called capitalism. The illusion of choice created by being able to choose from 25 kinds of peanut butter and 500 cable channels is a far more effective way of quelling revolt than systematically cutting down political oppostion. But political oppostion has been cut down all the same.

    The capitalist system has so deeply entrenched itself that two things have occurred. First, those who suggest that there should be alternatives for everyone are labelled as "Commies" or "Dirty Hippies" and largely ignored. So, collective oppostion is nearly impossible. Secondly, it is next to impossible for a person (at least someone in a G8/G7 nation) to live outside of the capitalist system. Self-sufficient farming requires land, which requires property tax, which requires income. If you sell your product to pay your taxes, you cannot be self-sufficient but turn into a for-profit farmer. Vicious circle.

    Orwell wasn't as wrong as the article would have us believe. Technology as used by the capitalist system did enable social control, but not in the way Orwell thought.

    -asreal

    1. Re:Forms of social control by gargle · · Score: 2

      The capitalist system has so deeply entrenched itself that two things have occurred. First, those who suggest that there should be alternatives for everyone are labelled as "Commies" or "Dirty Hippies" and largely ignored.

      So what's the alternative wise guy?

    2. Re:Forms of social control by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Hmm...

      That's kindof funny since capitalism was writen about in 1775 by Adam Smith.

      You left wingers always love to try to change history.

    3. Re:Forms of social control by asreal · · Score: 1
      This is Slashdot... I can rant all I want without offering alternatives ;)

      Actually, that's part of the problem. Surely there are other societal models for an industrial society, but the way our industry developed, we can't see them.

    4. Re:Forms of social control by asreal · · Score: 1

      Capitalism then and capitalism now are two very different animals. Corporations with no responsibility besides shareholder profit are quite different from individual factory owners who might (or might not, depending on the owner) feel guilty about exploiting workers.

  164. What's really interesting... by Newer+Guy · · Score: 2

    Is that this article is correct....and incorrect at the same time. Yes, technology became plentiful and cheap...just look at the computing power of the average laptop. Indeed, there's a rumor that the astronauts in space prefer to use bring along (and use) their personal laptops instead of the NASA computers because they're faster and better. In this way this article is correct. Where it's incorrect (at least in the U.S.) is that this whole trend has alarmed both the government and big business (RIAA, MPAA et al) and now THEY'RE together conspiring to try and reverse it. In other words, it's okay for Joe Citizen to disseminate information as long as he doesn't take $$ out of some company's pocket in the process. Do that, and you're going to be greeted by an angry company going to the member of Congress they have in their pocket seeking redress.

  165. Orwell's foresight drove surveillance underground by clohman · · Score: 2, Interesting

    This is the most asinine article I've ever seen on TR. Muller's praise of Radio Free Europe neglects state propaganda and spoof broadcasts made by apparatchiks and, in more modern times, the Serbian government. Without a comprehensive communication infrastructure, these autocratic regimes would have quickly collapsed.

    The exultation of Chinese faxes neglects to mention The Great Firewall and Falun Gong & dissident arrests made based on those faxes. Once a communication medium becomes widespread, it's nearly a necessity of daily life, making it prohibitively difficult for subversives to opt out of being monitored through that channel.

    Yes, it's great that radio is ubiquitous, but radio is hardly high tech these days. High tech in communications is the Echelon system, which makes the relevant question not whether we are being monitored, but whether we are being monitored accurately. Only governments & large corporations can afford the sophisticated filtering software that does the eavesdropping today. This economic gap in monitoring technology will persist unless collective advocacy becomes commonplace.

    But it is a testament to Orwell's foresight that we know so little of Echelon and the NSA. Without '1984,' we'd have succumbed to their agendas through attrition and our awareness of surveillance would be a given. Because of the reactionary forces conjured by Orwell's dystopian vision, these organizations have had to keep their surveillance activities secret, mitigating their potential for intimidation. For the great majority of us, this is a case of ignorance truly being bliss, but that's no salve to the odd subversive who's caught the other end of it.

  166. Re:More afraid of Socialism - NOT! by SpringRevolt · · Score: 1


    Well, indeed. There are a whole host of things to worry about.

    Those were the first 2 that I could think of at that moment. Other comments expand on the issue.

  167. Beyond good and evil by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    A lot of these posts seem to say the same thing. It is not technology but who controls the technology that is the inherent risk(s).
    Famed Psychologist BF Skinner gave us behaviorism in "Beyond Good and Evil". In it he proclaimed that any creature could be controlled through manipulation of their environment. His main question posed too, was but who would leverage these controls? There are indeed forces at work to know (and thus control) what we do. They want you to spend spend spend...buy buy buy...believe believe believe and they stream an endless amount of ads/articles/news at you to do it. I guess I don't have a point but this, Orwell saw a world where knowledge was power to control. That was in 1948...how much has that power grown since then?

  168. Orwell did not intend to foretell by awol · · Score: 1

    Orwell was not foretelling a dystopian future world but describing a post war Britian in the year in which he wrote the book (1948).

    It is not about predictive accuracy but the extent to which the criticisms implicit in 1984 were accurate/legitimate. Some argue that he is critiquing the rise of the socialist ethic in Britain by basing the book in the year of the centenery of the Fabian Society.

    In this context, looking for "what he missed" is some what futile.

    --
    "The first thing to do when you find yourself in a hole is stop digging."
  169. Re:an alternate view QWZX by Darby · · Score: 3, Interesting

    > Of course, you neglect to mention that Indians started the custom of scalping.

    Uh, no. Wrong again.


    No, actually he's right. Scalping was a tradition of some indian tribes for centuries before the European s came over. Yes there was an attempt at revisionist history for a while with the whole "noble savage" thing, but it has been soundly debunked.

    As far as murder and torture of prisoners go, the Indians take the cake. Look at the Mochtes, the Aztecs atc. Yes, I know they're South/central American, but torture to death of prisoners was more the rule than the exception throughout the Americas.

    Not that this excuses the atrocities commited against the indians, but before you make some ignorant comment like "Wrong again", you might actually want to be right in the future.

  170. yeah by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    left wing bias

  171. Wildfires in the West by jasonisgodzilla · · Score: 0

    The wildfires in the west have been mistakenly seen as accidents. They are in fact encryption. In a twisted tale of plots and conspiracies the American Indians in the west uncovered a secret plot to allow Jahova's witnesses to also operate casinos. This secret was uncovered by one man, Flying Pigeon Dirty Statue. Flying Pigeon realized that he must relay this vitle information to his cohorts in the south and east. He sought to rely on the oldest form of wide area communication, smoke signals. Right when he was prepared to send the signals, he got word from his security analysts that the USA patriot act had been signed. Wary that the jackbooted thugs of John Ashcroft would try to tap into or monitor their smoke signals they devised a plan. They would use the 6 for a dollar colored smoke bombs from the fireworks stand to make their signals. In order to encrypt these signals to negate the prying eyes of big brother, they lit gigantic fires to mask their own signals. Through this primitive form of steganography Flying Pigeon was able to relay the message to his cohorts who then in the nick of time told the RIAA and SBA that the Jahovas were going to be playing pirated mp3s on boxes with unliscenced copies of windows and broadcasting them in streams to speakers in the casinos without paying liscencing fees. The IAA's called Senator Disney who then bought off enough people to stop the insidious plan. AND NOW YOU KNOW THE TRUTH BEHIND THE WESTERN WILDFIRES!!

  172. Economics and Politics are not distinct by 88myboysherman88 · · Score: 1
    Communism is a political system. The communist ideal covers all forms of distribution: goods services, power (equal of course,) even the ladies get passed around in Marx's vision. A Communist world would be without government--that is essential to the whole idea. That isn't to say it wouldn't be governed, on the contrary, it would be governed by the harmony of the people working togeth . . . you get the idea.

    But going further, economics is a subset of politics. An economy without government cannot be Capitalist. It may have markets, but they won't function well and they certainly won't grow to the point of todays Capitalist economies. It is government which backs the contract. It's government which protects the property (and of course, the big subsidies.) The thought that government and economics are separable is plain false.

    Modern liberal states may have left much of the "governance" of the economy to Capitalists (after all Capitalism means: rule by capital) but their role (and, very indirectly, the role of the people) is to protect that system. Or tear it down.

    The Russian approach of imposing a socialist state, in the hopes that one day it would just sort of take, was a scam. Since the folks didn't like it, Lenin, then Stalin, used the brute force approach. But the power, in both the Soviet system and the US, rests with the government.

    Soon, perhaps, the power in the US will rest entirely with NewsCorp. When it does we won't be calling ourselves a democracy just because we choose a powerless legislature. We will consider ourselves to be ruled by "Murdoch, the Father." and we recognize economic power as, well, power.

    1. Re:Economics and Politics are not distinct by Doomdark · · Score: 2
      An economy without government cannot be Capitalist.

      Au contraire. It's difficult to have "pure" capitalist system with a (strong) government. That's why no pure capitalistic socities exists in the world today -- USA has a market economy that's not really even close to one. It is often mistakenly called capitalistic, sure, but it isn't capitalistic in the sense word was coined (by Marx?).

      In capitalism, entities with capital (money) have the power. Although corporations (and sometimes rich individuals) do have disproportionally big influence in USA, they do not really have direct political power. Thus, working democracy is pretty much an enemy of (pure) capitalism.

      So... capitalism is certainly a political system; the term is related to others like "nepotism" and "corporatism" (leaders choose their relatives to wield power, corporations have the power, respectively). Communism... well, communism is also a political system, whereas socialism need not be (communism being system where communes, aka Sovites had the political power). Soviet union flavour of communism explained "communism" as being an application of socialism.

      --
      I like paying taxes. With them I buy civilization -- Oliver Wendell Holmes
    2. Re:Economics and Politics are not distinct by 88myboysherman88 · · Score: 1
      I didn't say democracy was needed, I said government was. Capitalism requires laws and enforcement to protect property and contract and to punish fraud, any despot would do fine for this. That was my point about Murdoch. If we had what you call (pure) capitalism, the owners would be, literally, King. Chances are, given recent events, they would be as committed to preserving the laws protecting capitalism as Stalin was to protecting the proletariat. (Actually, Adam Smith made that point long before Enron.)

      But my larger point was that decisions about where to put the mill, what to pay the workers, whether and where to dump the waste, are political decisions in that they affect communities of people. Ultimately, a democratic government may make them or it may choose not to. But the decisions are political.

    3. Re:Economics and Politics are not distinct by Doomdark · · Score: 2
      I didn't say democracy was needed, I said government was. Capitalism requires laws and enforcement to protect property and contract and to punish fraud, any despot would do fine for this.

      Well... I'm not convinced it is an absolute requirement, actually. But it doesn't matter, in a way, as in that case government (king, tyrant) would just be a puppet of capital, without much "real" power. Bit like when Soviet Union did have 'elected' leading group even during Stalin's regime, even though real executive and law-making power was used by Uncle Joe; only rubber-stamped by other officials.

      I agree in that some entity is needed to enforce the rules set by entities with money, but I don't think a sovereign government (leader) is needed. Perhaps just a large police force or army. And once again, having one prevents capitalist rule (or at least severely dilutes it). So I guess it just means we disagree in what constitutes a government, not about whether capitalism is a political system or not.

      --
      I like paying taxes. With them I buy civilization -- Oliver Wendell Holmes
  173. Re:More afraid of Socialism - NOT! by brsett · · Score: 1

    Except for the prodigious declarations about EngSoc.

    I think the brilliance of 1984 is that it is an examination of his own politics and some of the inconsistencies therein (only totalitarian regimes are without inconsistency). He doesn't pull a Steinbeck and pretend that politics are the antidote for what ails you, instead he examines how politics even in his beloved system can be corrupted when people try and justify their own actions. I absolutely despise socialism, but I can't deny the absolute brilliance of Orwell's writings, even when they espouse things I vehemently disagree with.

  174. How to comprehensively miss the point by charvolant · · Score: 1

    1984 has practically nothing to do with technology. The only technological innovation in 1984 is the two-way TV screen. But it's hardly used; it's just there as a symbol of omnipresent surveillance. Other than that, practically everything else is technology common to the 1940s. Hardly surprising in a book that was originally titled 1948.

    The "technology" in use is a social technology. Winston Smith is caught by O'Brien recognising someone who wants to rebel -- and the Party having a channel for rebellion set up to catch thoughtcrime. Smith's neighbour is shopped by his own child for muttering in his sleep. Room 101 is there to ensure total surrender to the Party; you're willing to utterly betray your own friends and you know it. The perpetual war, the 2 miniutes hate, the rewriting of records are all designed to keep people aligned to a single goal.

    Orwell obviously didn't think that Stalinism was inevitable. Either that, or he spent a lot of time whistling in the dark in his other books and essays. But he did think, in essays such as The Prevention of Literature or Politics and the English Language , that intellectual liberty and a commitment to the truth were essential in fighting totalitarianism.

    One of the things I find interesting in 1984 is that the Party is more or less self-enforcing. The Party members themselves ensure adherence to the Party. This particular piece of psychology is hardly dead and gone and I think that there's very little evidence to suggest that technology ameliorates it. On the contrary, technology, such as discussion forums, often allows the enforcement of a closed world-view, since opposing views can be easily flamed out of conciousness. (Hell, you can easily come up with analogies for the Slashdot versions of "thoughtcrime", "the 2 minutes hate" and "Oceania has always been at war with Eastasia".)

  175. Re:an alternate view QWZX by reduced · · Score: 1

    thank god i had an american history teacher that "disregarded" the schoolboard-approved book.

  176. no exception by Jeremy+Gray · · Score: 2, Interesting

    There is no exception for disposable technology. It is neither good or bad, simply an advance. It's effects on the environment are a consequence of it's (mis)use.

    You make this point yourself when you say, "Our rampant consumerism may cause our downfall..." It's consumerism at fault, not technology.

    1. Re:no exception by hesiod · · Score: 1

      > You make this point yourself when you say, "Our rampant consumerism may cause our downfall..." It's consumerism at fault, not technology.

      I would take that a step further. Since consumerism is the actions of the "consumers," the consumers are at fault. But, as we all know, no one likes to take blame (myself included).

  177. You shouldn't even vote for the president. by Evil+MarNuke · · Score: 1
    People put about that much effort into their decision, too: which of these two mainstream, functionally identical, overblown, similar looking men should I pick for President? Does it matter? No.

    No one. You should not vote for the President. You shouldn't even vote for your sentors. The highest elected officals you should vote for is a member of the House. That way, you would be focused on what matters to you localy, not what you think people across the country should or shouldn't be doing. Also, since there would be less people in the voting pool and more then likely they will share you belife, they would be more lucky to adgree on you anyways. Thus your view on how things should be would be better repersented.

    This was the idea our forfathers had in mind. And it when we got away from this we started to be ruled by the mob. What sells the must is what you get. What you end up getting is the mass produced products that you don't really enjoy. Think of it like music. The big media companies sells what sells the best, not what you like. However, a local band plays the kind of music you and your friends like, but the band could never sell to the whole country. Do you get it?

    --
    The journey is better then the end.
    1. Re:You shouldn't even vote for the president. by WeeLad · · Score: 1

      The big media companies sells what sells the best, not what you like

      And usually what sells best is not the best product, but the product with the most advertising dollars thrown at it.

      --
      Seriously, Don't take anything I say seriously.
  178. You sir are a doubleplusungood unperson! by isotope23 · · Score: 1

    The MiniFree (Off Homeland Security)
    will be by shortly to erase you......

    --
    Service guarantees Citizenship! Questions Guarantee GITMO.... Amerika Uber Alles!
  179. This is already a book by Peter Huber by zlite · · Score: 2

    "Orwell's Revenge: The 1984 Palimpsest" made the same point, better, in 1994.

  180. Re:an alternate view QWZX by Opie812 · · Score: 0

    lol

    --
    I'm not a nerd. Nerds are smart.
  181. Re:an alternate cold view by Rimbo · · Score: 2, Insightful

    Sorry, but you just pushed one of my buttons when you said, "Zionists."

    You seem to be someone who understands History well, so I am surprised to see you refer to "Zionists." My experience is limited, but the only people I've heard use this term are those who were brainwashed into believing that there were vast Jewish-led conspiracies -- none of which have ever historically had any basis or documented evidence to support. If we may look at Israel's current government as a splendid example: Say what you will about Sharon, and there are many documented things that would lead you to say bad things about him, one thing he is not is a despot. I humbly submit that democracies cannot be run with an iron fist by one man. They are run in committees, viewed by the public, owned by the public, with public documentation of all proceedings, and the left had has no idea what the right is doing.

    We are rational people, so we can see that if Israel is a public government, then I submit that there would be such evidence of conspiracy that even the most pro-Jewish individuals would be unable to deny the truth in the face of the overwhelming mountains of documented evidence.

    But I, in my ignorance, have yet to see a single shred.

    I believe this may be of what the article speaks. As we have internet communications, as every individual on earth slowly but surely becomes connected to each other, such conspiracies become damned near impossible to propagate. Where is the evidence? We can look for evidence, and despite mounds of misinformation, we can go straight to the source and determine quite easily what is true and what is not. For example, there are many things about the net that are being attributed to George Carlin, such as the infamous "bad american" e-mail. Except that it's a fraud, which can be determined quite easily -- by going to George Carlin's website directly. And those who doubt the veracity of George Carlin's website can use other means, such as Yahoo! Yellow Pages (to look him or his agent up and call him), texts of known Carlin routines (to perform literary analysis to compare the viewpoints and styles of his writing), and places like www.snopes2.com which investigate such things and usually list other references on the subject.

    I would suggest that due to the sheer number of people putting information on the 'net, that I am more likely to be struck by lightning than I am to find a lie that cannot be proven false elsewhere on the internet.

    Let me submit for your approval this point of view: that if the powerful will to allow the weak to have a will of their own, then the iron cultural law tarnishes somewhat. I have been told that this is the purpose behind the Bill of Rights and indeed, the concept of "Rights" itself: To protect people in a democracy against the "tyranny of the majority."

    In Israel, Palestinians are the majority. I believe it is well-documented that Palestinians, to a man, are not educated in the workings of democracy -- their cultural background assumes a hierarchical leadership, and my experience is that cultures that expect hierarchical leadership are not really prepared to understand the concept of democracy, where a government is subservient to the people's interests. My best friend, who grew up in China, and who is among the most brilliant people I know, is crippled in this manner: The concept that the 280 million people who are not involved directly with government in the United States are somehow more powerful than the few million who ARE government officials or members of the military is beyond her comprehension, due to her cultural background. It would seem to me to be a matter of simple math.

    Also, Palestinians have replaced this education with a different kind of education; children are taught how wonderful it is to kill Israelis. So in this case, who protects the Israelis from the tyranny of the majority? Well, they have chosen not to extend political rights to the Palestinians for their protection.

    When a Palestinian and an Israeli move to the United States, and they are appreciated based on their work ethic and productivity rather than birthright, and when they both have a voice in government through voting, discourse, and by simply being citizens, the relationship changes. They may live side by side. They may be friends. They will share tools with each other, and celebrate holidays in each other's back yard. The desire to kill ends. This is not because they are in this country, but because they have the same rights, and the same ability, and each is protected -- each one can worship God or Allah as he chose, or not at all. Freedom is not just freedom from oppression from the outside, but I would suggest that it is also an internal freedom -- freedom from the history and culture that binds us.

    From what I have seen here in the States, social integration is ultimately the most difficult, but best solution for all involved. I submit to you the melting pot of the United States, where people of all colors associate together, work together, play together, and fall in love with each other. Where you see marriages between people with different skin colors, religions, and political beliefs -- sometimes all three. This isn't utopia -- it's the reality I live in every day.

    And the beauty of technology is that you can verify all I've said here.

    The action I would have you take from here is to question your beliefs with evidence -- evidence you can obtain and verify with today's technology. The benefit is that you will see the iron law rust and fall apart, and you will see that the weak are getting stronger more quickly than the strong.

  182. democratic republic? by ebyrob · · Score: 2

    In the end we live in a democratic republic

    Actuallly we seem to be moving more and more towards a strait democracy, which hasn't been shown to work as a form of government and is probably a lot scarier than technology...

    Just cause 85% of people shout "kill him" at the gladiator, doesn't make it right.

    1. Re:democratic republic? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      democracy can work....have a look at kuro5hin and you will understand why.

    2. Re:democratic republic? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      Well, actually it does in a sence make it right if he is there by his own free will or as a consequence of a crime he has commited if theese rules were decided democraticly. Or, at least, it is "right" in a democratic sense.
      The problem with democracy is that democracy has to tolerate all oppinions and treat them in the same way. Even the oppinions that are working towards democracy itself.... If 95% votes for someone that want's to introduce communism then democraticaly thats the way it's got to be.

      Turkey has this problem. There has at some points been a majority for making Turkey a strict muslim country and aplying muslim laws and limiting democracy by handing over the power to the church of Islam. However the consitution of Turkey forbids religious parties and the military has stepped in 3 times since WW2 to prevent this from happening.

      If you enforce democracy the "western" way, Turkey would perhaps democraticly rid themselves of democracy and if you forbid certain parties you are by definition not a democracy. What would you prefer?

    3. Re:democratic republic? by ebyrob · · Score: 2

      The problem with democracy is that democracy has to tolerate all oppinions and treat them in the same way.

      How does "tolerance" fit in here? A Rebuplic may have rules about how individuals should be treated, but a Democracy is merely the will of the many. In a democracy if 51% of people vote to "kill all the Jews" that's exactly what happens.

      Perhaps Turkey would swallow "democracy" better if we didn't try to shove our neo Darwinist-Christian laws and values down their throats? It took over 100 years to give up slavery, and the vote to women in this country. I expect some similar difficulties getting Muslim countries to "catch up".

      Well, actually it does in a sence make it right if he is there by his own free will or as a consequence of a crime he has commited...

      Exactly. It may or may not be right to kill the gladiator, but voting certainly doesn't effect that distinction...

  183. richard a. muller - FUDer - payed by george w bush by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    >Richard A. Muller, a 1982 MacArthur Fellow, is a professor in the Physics Department

    obviously, he should leave sociology and stick to physics. every single slashdotter had a strong counter-argument; and here's my 2 cents:

    >that technological advancement would render Stalinism unstoppable

    orwel did not write about stalinism. he himself said the book was a critic on system in great britain. so, mr a. muller is not even well-informed on this topic!

    BTW, isn't the guy who wrote "winnie the pooh" also richard a. muller?

  184. When will people realize... by Junior+J.+Junior+III · · Score: 2

    that technology is neutral? It's how you put it to use that can either ensure or take away freedom. When those who control the best technology are few and powerful, if they're unchecked and unbalanced, they'll they'll use technology to imprison. When the masses have technology, with a decent set of laws set up to ensure due process of just laws, everyone will have freedom.

    You need to go to MIT to think of this stuff? I dont' think so.

    --
    You see? You see? Your stupid minds! Stupid! Stupid!
  185. Precisely! by Pseudonym · · Score: 2

    1984 is many things: a satire, a comment on human nature, a questioning of the nature of government, a cautionary tale... but not a prediction.

    Orwell's vision of Ingsoc will probably never happen, but the themes behind it will exist in every society.

    One of the things which particularly impressed me was the role of war in the total state. Ingsoc started with nuclear war and relied on a constant state of war against a faceless enemy in order to survive, because it gave everyone a common enemy and hence a common purpose, even though the roles of "friend" and "enemy" could flip at a moment's notice, not that the population cared.

    Compare with the modern US "war on [insert abstract concept here]" mentality and the relevance should be obvious.

    --
    sub f{($f)=@_;print"$f(q{$f});";}f(q{sub f{($f)=@_;print"$f(q{$f});";}f});
  186. Re:richard a. muller - FUDer - payed by george w b by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    so if I claim someone is using FUD but I myself and using it, isn't that 'doublespeak'?

  187. 1984 is to some extent autobiographical by Animats · · Score: 2
    Much of the detail in 1984 is drawn from Orwell's own job during WWII. Orwell worked for the Ministry of Information, a unit of the British government that prepared material for broadcast on the BBC. Part of his job involved translating material into Basic English, a 1000-word subset of English taught in the further reaches of the British Empire, including India. The BBC used Basic English in some news broadcasts aimed at mostly non-English speaking countries. Orwell is known to have translated news items; the relevant records were found in the BBC archives in the 1980s and published.

    Orwell discovered that translating speeches into Basic English is a political act. Basic English doesn't represent ambiguity well, and thus political speech has to be hammered down to concrete concepts during translation. From this experience came his comments on Newspeak.

    Other details match Orwell's life. The grim little cafeteria of 1984 matches with reports of the canteen at the Ministry of Information during WWII. Even Big Brother appears to be modelled after some mid-level bureaucrat whose initials were B.B.

    None of this detracts from the significance of the work. But it helps to give a sense of what is important and what isn't.

  188. Got Gatored? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0
    The article is on target when it says that government did not achieve Orwell's vision. But they missed the boat on commercial misuse of technology!

    Spyware trojans are trying to watch your every move, predicting what ads you will fall for. Big Brother really is watching, but he isn't trying to put you in jail...he's after your money. What would Winston Smith really experience in his typical day in 2K2?

    The big screen TV pops up an ad for pep pills when he couldn't keep up with the morning excerise program. He deletes the daily spam from multiple Sleazey.xxx web sites, which he's been getting ever since he used that lonely-hearts chatroom (just once!). He uses only the Corporate Approved Software in his cubicle at MiniTrue, where he spin doctors the balance sheet for the corporate web site. He views only those web sites approved by the filter software in the local library. The grocery store gives him coupons for junk food based on his repeated Oreo purchases. He is continually manipulated in ways he cannot imagine, indeed, ways he is utterly unaware of.

    But the next weekend, the lady programmer he met takes him to meet her sinister slashdot group in the park. Now he installs AdAware, then linux. His eyes open...

    As you see, the plot needs little change. Only the names of the characters need an update.

  189. Technology's not the key... by Archie+Steel · · Score: 2

    I've never much thought of 1984 as denouncing technology as much as denouncing totalitarism and propaganda. Sometimes, when I see how Bush and co. have recuperated 9/11 to create this endless "war on terrorism" (which is just a mutation of the similarly endless "war on drugs"), I think he wasn't too far off the mark. Thank god he didn't get the technology part right, or we'd be in major trouble. Then again, Big Media can also be frightening, even if it's friendlier looking than Big Brother.

    --

    Reminder: find a new sig
  190. Nothiing illegal, that you know of! by RatBastard · · Score: 1

    You are not doing anything illegal that you are aware of, you mean. I'm willing to bet a year's wages that you regularly break laws without knowing it. The simple fact of the matter is that it is impossile for any living person in the USA, or most other nations, to not break at least one law every day of their lives.

    Or maybe you feel that you are not doing anything so illegal that the government is going to bother to arrest you for it. And that might be true right now. But what happens when laws get shoved down your face making some minor crime serious? Say, believing in the "wrong" branch of Christianity?

    And more to the point; it's not just criminals that have to worry about their privacy. We all have our secrets that we'd rather no one knew about. all of us. Even you. Privacy is the right to keep those secrets secret.

    --
    Boobies never hurt anyone. - Sherry Glaser.
  191. wow, an almost completely content-free article by drDugan · · Score: 2

    this article was complete dren

    he presents a few examples of how capitalism and democracy overcame other governemnts tied loosely to a few technologies.

    other than that.... no content.

    I'm a late poster on this thread. I waited all of half a day and there are 450 comments already.

    I'd have to say I'm not convinced at all by the author. Governments ARE using technology to ways predicted by Orwell. Terrorism IS the priamry threat as all the governements of the world get on board with similar, pro-economic views. I see the dirge of steps continue toward 1984 day by day.

  192. Thought Police, The Spies, . Anti-Sex League, etc. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    If you don't think that we are quickly headed for a 1984 type society where all of our actions are monitored then check out this scary as hell link:

    http://www.citizencorps.gov/tips.html

  193. NewSpeak (PC) and Homeland Defense (little brother by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    lets just take a look at the currnet enviroment that we live in here in the USA. We are currently at war with Terrorism. We have always been at war with Terrorism. Report any people that are not Patriotic (obvious looking US citizens). Of course, nobody comes out and says this. Instead we have to search an entire family going to a baseball game, even if they are Patriotic.

    Dont forget, the real plan in 1984 was to create a language that would not have the words necessary to speak against the government. And as far as the common citizens are concerend, they will be kept busy with survival. Keeping the party strong is all that matters.

    I say lets profile everyone!!! If done right, it could help prevent many of the abuses that have happend in the past and will happen in the future. A smart license plate on a car can tell a cop automatically if you "belong" in that neighborhood or not. Of course the info on the card/plate would have to include more than just race/income/criminal past. but it would tell a cop instantly that the black man in the nice expensive car is on the right side of the tracks becuase he has a PhD and has an IQ that will probably get him a Nobel Prize.

    I look forward to the day when everything is handeled by a computer-- take the human equation/emotion out of things that it doesnt belong in. Atleast for now, all that info would just be another attribute in a file. While the computer can be programmed to do anything it wants with that data, it will never _feel_ hate.

  194. Commune != Communism by mikosullivan · · Score: 1

    It's important to distinguish between communism and communes. Communism is a form of government. Communes are social arrangements within a larger society that may or may not have a communist government. Yes, the two words have a common origin, and the two concepts have a lot in common, but they're still not the same thing.

    --
    Miko O'Sullivan
  195. The other side is what will cause it to occur by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Orwell seemed to suggest that the proliferation of high technology would enable all those bad things to occur.

    Now we know that the opposite is true. It is the supression and control and monopolization of such technology that will cause this, not the free proliferation of it.

  196. Pretty Shallow Analysis by buddhaunderthetree · · Score: 1

    The author seems far to concerned with the liberating aspects of technology and not the far more serious ways government in using technology to limit our privacy. I live in a major American city and there are government cameras everywhere. Didn't Orwell predict TVs through which the government could monitor activity. Look no further than your computer, with the Patriot Act the gov't can easily find out what you've been doing online. How long before they gain the abilty to remotely activate your quickcam and microphone remotely?

    --
    "Technology.....the knack of so arranging the world that we don't have to experience it." Max Firsch
  197. Aldous Huxley's "Brave New World" by Slur · · Score: 2

    Another novel that was prescient in its time is Aldous Huxley's Brave New World. Though in the present we hear a lot of moralizing against society, the norms of our culture are much as Aldous Huxley describes. Encouraged to be promiscuous, to worship youth and vanity, and to use mind-altering substances (i.e., caffeine, prozac, alcohol...) the city-dwellers are very much the young adults of our present age. Even a would-be messiah in the person of a "primitive" is just another quaint distraction in the eyes of these poor humans spoon-fed on the distractions of pop-culture, which is why the Social Engineers aren't concerned about him.

    The Entire Text is Here

    --
    -- thinkyhead software and media
  198. Digital millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    It is the DMCA. Digital Millennium Copyright Act. It is not a millennium act. It is a copyright act for the digital millennium. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act. The DMCA. Please do not ever call it the DCMA ever again. It is the DMCA. DMCA. D-M-C-A!!

  199. We are at war with Microsoft by puckhead · · Score: 1

    We have always been at war with Microsoft

    --
    Watching Cowboy Bebop in my jammies, eating a bowl of Shreddies.
    1. Re:We are at war with Microsoft by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

      And you have always been an acne-faced, pear shaped homosexual looser nerd.

  200. World Peace is what is truly double-plus-ungood by mattecc · · Score: 1
    I think the assumption Orwell made that turned out to be wrong was the widespread nuclear war in the 50's that provided the basis for "War is Peace" and that almost everything else in EngSock, Neobolshevism and Death Worship have that as the basis. It's war and the negative consequences of losing one that forces regimes to continue to keep the populace educated and free from doublethink. As it is exactly continual development of technology which is allowably absent in a world that has reached equilibrium. From my reading, science and technology are not the enemy but the savior.

    Additionally, the nuclear war of the fifties provided one other crucial property that allowed 1984 to happen. The total destruction from it was the impetus for governments seizing power for the supposed benefit and protection of its citizens. It was only once the governments of the world became homogeneous that 1984 could come into being.

    I think Orwell's most valuable point, and one that is similar to Darwin's (and every member of the Enterprise who has fought against the Borg) is that variety is key. If the whole world is at war, or the whole world is at peace, or the whole world functions as one, then the world can cease to change, and Orwell (IMO rightly) presumes the steady state homogeny in humanity to be down right miserable.

    So just remember this the next time some beauty pagent contestant vacuously extolls the virtues of world peace.

  201. Re:an alternate view QWZX by pootypeople · · Score: 1

    One atrocity committed by the American government... Hmm... It's hard to pick just one. How about only those that most people here will remember well (at least from history, considering primacy effects and all that). How about Dresden (firebombing innocent civilians en masse, killing more than Hiroshima or Nagasaki) or hell; how bout Hiroshima and Nagasaki. How about the internment of people of Japanese origin? While I appreciate your cunningly crafted troll (considering this IS slashdot, and most of us seem to have it in the for the US gov't), I can't just sit idly by. The United States has committed plenty of atrocities, especially against the Native Americans (our westward expansion could easily be labeled "ethnic cleansing") and this sort of revisionist history is really damaging. Okay. Enough lookin like an idiot answering trolls for now.

  202. Judging the Past by Today's Standards by duck_prime · · Score: 2, Insightful
    Recall that such innovators as Henry Ford and Eli Whitney had worldviews that we would call racist and fascist today

    Ford might not be the best example, because his attitude was a little creepy even by the standards of the time, but I'll press on anyway and devil take the hindmost!

    One must be very careful about heaping scorn on one's ancestors for not having the same standards that we do today. We believe the way we do today because we were raised that way, in our time-specific cultural context. (Not to mention we have a better grasp on the sciences, and have disproven a lot of the old-wives' tales that used to pass for pop wisdom)

    As we deride our ancestors for being savage, they're probably moaning in their graves that we are weak and sentimental, and our time-travelling descendants think we are hopelessly gauche.

    The most enlightened citizens of the Rennaisance or Sung China would seem barbarous fools to us today. Not because we've gotten any smarter as a species -- we haven't -- but because we are culturally programmed with different values. (Of course said worthies wouldn't stop to consider my side of it and would probably slay me on sight, thus posthumously making my point for me.)

    Just something to consider.
  203. erm... by MenTaLguY · · Score: 2

    Or by hiring people to kill you.

    --

    DNA just wants to be free...
  204. Hmmm .... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    From what i'vee seen in the news recently the US is adopting a lot of those strategies, even if the form of govterment isnt called communism.

  205. How could MIT let them use those letters? by smiff · · Score: 1
    Based on the title, I assumed MIT Technology Review was a peer reviewed journal from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Turns out they're a mass-market rag devoted to making as much money as possible.

    The entire site makes me sick. The MIT Technology Review staff is composed of 20 peole who do advertising and one person who does fact checking. It's no surprise their home page brings up a pop-up ad. Of the ten people on their board of directors, only one seems to have any knowledge of technology. That one, Jerome Friedman, is not listed on their staff.

    Their CEO appears to be a money-grubbing sell out.

    During his stewardship, circulation has tripled, revenues have increased tenfold

    He used to work as a manager at both Time and Fortune. It clearly shows!

    It is obvious that the author never read the book he is talking about. Seeing as their lone fact checker missed this crucial fact, I have to wonder if anything in that article (or the entire site for that matter) is correct.

    What the heck are the letters 'MIT' supposed to mean?

  206. Technology is an amplifier by HiThere · · Score: 2

    Technology is about tools. Tools are ways to do things. When you create a bunch of new tools, you can guarantee that they will be used for desireable ends, desireable by someone, anyway.

    Tools let you do things you couldn't do before. Arrows can protect you from tigers, and they can also let you invade your neighbor's turf. Widespread communication amplifies both free speech and governmental controls. All you can say is "The times they are a' changin'". You can't say which way they are changing. It's a chaotic environment, with partially unknown parameters, on which is being played a game of partially hidden information. The matrix is not computable.

    But we have to guess. We must. Some guess one way. Some guess another. If I didn't see the singularity approaching, sometimes I'd dispair. But I see it coming, before 2030. Possibly as early as 2020. And I can't see what's on the other side. Nobody can. Some days I say to myself, "If we can just hold on another 10 years, we've got a chance." Other days I say, "If that *** singularity weren't approaching, we'd have it made." And I really think that its the news from the world that changes, not just my moods.

    Technology is an amplifier, and we are in the middle of a positive feedback cycle.

    --

    I think we've pushed this "anyone can grow up to be president" thing too far.
  207. Unaddressed: Databases, and Foucault's Theories by MattTC · · Score: 4, Interesting

    Everyone who is really interested in how technology affects personal freedom should really read the following book.

    The Mode of Information By Mark Poster

    The chapter on Foucault and Databases is the one that has struck me as the most telling on the subject of personal liberties.

    The key concept is that of the Super-Panopticon. The Panopticon is a design for a prison. The prison is designed as an octagonal tower. The cells are all along the inside surface of the tower, guard posts in the center. Each cell is equipped with one-way glass allowing the guards to see in, but not allowing the prisoners to see out. Prisoner behavior is therefore controlled by the knowledge that they may be observed at any time without knowing whether they are being observed.

    Poster points out that the information collected about each person in the high-tech age is all put into databases. Where they shop, what they buy, what books they read, what movies they see, what sites they surf on the web, etc, etc. The fact that all this information is available to the State if the State chooses to access it.

    Thus, like the panopticon-prison, control is exerted by the State as each citizen knows that the information can be accessed but does not know if it is being accessed.

    This is how totalitarianism creeps in thru today's technology. The Super-Panopticon is a passive control system for the masses, made possible by the availability of stored personal information.

    In 1984 Orwell writes that one never knew if there was anyone watching at the other end of the telescreen, but it was always advisable to act as if there were.

    Today the telescreen is invisible, but no less there for all of that. The original totalitarian states may be gone, but today's quasi-representative governments have gained the means to impose their own kind of control.

    --
    --"You can lead a man to knowledge, but you can't make him think."
  208. a twitt at your service. by twitter · · Score: 4, Insightful
    We are well on the way to Orwell's future, but a few key conditions are missing. Let's quote the man himself and The Book itself,

    It was only after a decade of national wars, civil wars, revolutions and counterrevolutions in all parts of the world that Ingsoc and its rivals emerged as fully worked-out political theories. But they had been foreshadowed by the various systems, generally called totalitarian, which had appeared earlier in the century, and the main outlines of the world which would emerge from the prevailing chaos had long been obvious. What kind of people would control this world had been equally obvious. The new aristocracy was made up for the most part of bereaucrats, scientists, technicians, trade-union organizers, publicity experts, sociologists, teachers, journalists, and professional politicians. These people, whose origins lay in the salaried middle class and upper grades of the working class, had been shaped and brought together by the barren world of monoploy industry and centralized government. As compared with their opposite numbers in past agees, thew were less avaricious, less tempted by luxury, hungrier for pure power, and above all, more concious of what they were doing and more intent on crushing opposition. This last difference was cardinal. By comparision with that existing today, all the tyrannies of the past were half-hearted and inefficient ... With the development of television, and the technical advace which made it possible to recieve and transmit simutaneously on the same instrument, private life came to an end. Every citizen ... could be kept for twenty-four hours a day under the eyes of the police and in the sound of official propaganda.

    Monopoly industry: Multinational clothing, fuel, automobile, electronic, food production and retail. Is there anything of substance tha people use that is not produced by four or five companies in the world? Mosanto, big oil, Intel, Motorola, even Nokia, Ford (realy sucks). Media consolidation is even more frightening. Consider that there are only five music publishers in the world and that all others are prevented from vending in "their" stores. Your local paper gets most of it's prolefeed from the AP, and it's being destroyed by the larger papers. The internet will soon be owned by a few select and unregulated companies and you will not be a part of it. The more prevalent the new media becomes it seems the less open it is becoming as:

    There is terrible growing itollerance. Witness Micro$oft's prediction that all computers will run their software and no one else's in the near future. Witness the rest of the world acting in a similar fashion and comming to think of eliminating competition as a normal business practice. Beware of those who play zero sum games, they are the ones who manufacture artificial scarcities now and desire them in the future as a means to crush others. How else can you gaurd your relative position, exept to make what you have scarce and highly desired. The whole concept of public service and making new things to solve old problems and expand everone's resources is endangered by these silly neo-Darwinian business school people. Have you seen what cruelty passes as humor these days? It's not as bad as bombing a boat load of women and children, but it's getting there.

    We have yet to have our next big waves of war, but you can see it comming and the results are likely to be as Owell predicted. The traditional powers not listed in the future are landed aristocracy, philanthopists, clergy. Their power is already dissapearing, replaced by the central governments the itollerant are producing.

    The technology to monitor citezens is in place and will be used by those who come to power after the wars. Europe will be obliterated, as will much of the US north east, California, and all other hubs of central government. The new power will be decentralized by nuclear necessity, hence a collective oligarchy. They will claim ownership of your Socialist Movement (hence the name Orwel uses, English Socialism, INGSOC) and grind to dust all of it's points but the necessity of itself to be in power. The war will become perpetual and the powers that be will bomb their own populations to keep them working at a feverish and obedient pace. The majority of goods produced by this society will be wasted, the point being to command not to enrich, elevate or ennoble. All print publications will cease under austerity measures, and you will be left with no means of comparison. In time, after the compete destruction of education and language, you will not even be able to understand anything is wrong.

    Oldthinkers unbellyfeel ENGSOC. It's so true and you don't even have to be from the UK to see it. All you have to do is read and understand a few select works of Orwell. Down and Out in Paris and London, an early work, shows Orwell's underlying belief in humanity's common attributes. Hommage to Catalonia shows early dissalusionment with that nature. There he describes the utter corruption of Communists, Socialists, Fascists and Anarchists alike. Burmeese Days shows Orwell's fear of Empire and his insight into the way people exploit "others" while making themselves misserable to persue abstract, empty and unsatisfying goals. 1984 and Animal Farm are a tour de force, cementing all that he had learned into very compact and entertaining storries. Orwell started out a Socialist, but he died a libertairian hating all but the most liberal forms of government.

    Have fun at your next party, and stay infected with liberalism. I suggest a weekly read of the US Bill of Rights, a yearly read of Orwell, a judicious study of Greek and Latin literature (all translated to your language!), even their French and English Enlightenment echos are useful and interesting, a lifetime of New Testament reading, and above all less abuse of your fellow man. We are all in this together. For humor, try non-sequetors, puns and other harmless fun.

    Time flies like an arrow.
    Fruit flies like a bannanna.

    Get it?

    Good, there are no clowns in 1984. As long as I see them and they are not all cruel, there is hope.

    --

    Friends don't help friends install M$ junk.

    1. Re:a twitt at your service. by ThereIsNoSporkNeo · · Score: 1

      "The technology to monitor citezens is in place and will be used by those who come to power after the wars. Europe will be obliterated, as will much of the US north east, California, and all other hubs of central government. "

      Let me guess... you aim nukes for a living?

      --
      With my dying breath, I curse Zoidberg!
    2. Re:a twitt at your service. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0
      There is terrible growing itollerance.

      Is this Apple's spin on morality?

    3. Re:a twitt at your service. by WINSTANLEY · · Score: 1

      I have never seen a more inaccurate
      description of Orwell's politics or
      a more problematic description of
      books like Homage To Catalonia
      (EG, HTC does NOT paint socialists,
      facsicts, communists, anarchists with
      the same brush. He thought fascists to
      be dangerous and worthy of taken up arms
      against, Communists (i.e. the Stalinists
      during that period) were treacherous dogs.
      As far as I can tell, he was reasonably
      affectionate towards socialists and anarchists.
      (BTW anarchist is actually something a misonomer,
      the POUM were anarcho-syndicalists, but no
      biggie)

      Part of the confusion of your post (and probably about Orwell in general, especially in the US) is that terms liberal, libertarian etc. are not first-order
      political categories, they are modifiers. There
      exist liberal and libertarian tendencies on both sides of the political spectrum and
      even within the subcategory of socialist politics. (Also there is the fact
      the fact that "liberal" and "libertarian" also have distinct meanings and distinct meaning
      depending what side of the Atlantic you happen to be on).

      Orwell always remained a democratic socialist,
      always orbiting about left wing of the Labor Party.

      The dominant form of socialist politics in Western Europe for most of this century is what commonly known as social-democracy or democratic socialism (in which Orwell is firmly rooted).
      (BTW, "liberal" when used in American actually
      means "something like social democratic",
      where as in common use in Europe "liberal" means
      "pro-market/pro-civil rights")

      And this Left tradition has always been fairly respectful of (if not always buying into) anti-statist ideas. And the S.D.-D.S tradition always has been fairly "liberal"
      in its embrace of social tolerance, civil rights,
      etc.

      The urgent issues of Orwell's day were how
      much "rapprochement" should European socialists
      attempt with the Communists. There had always
      been suspicions on the "socialist" Left that Russia had turned or was turning into an authoritarian nightmare, but given the fragility
      of the West during the Great Depression and the
      rise of fascism, there was plenty of disagreement
      and not much hard evidence of life inside the
      USSR.

      Scholars argue about whether Orwell
      was criticizing Nazis or Stalinists more in
      1984 and Animal Farm. I actually think it
      was Stalinists more than anything else. It
      didn't take any effort to know Fascism was
      nasty stuff. Orwell's focus was trying to
      save the left from a potential moral disaster
      that would ensue by embracing the Soviets.
      It was NOT an attempt to disavow himself of the Left,
      it was very much an attempt by a man of the
      Left trying to influence socialists and liberals.

      The fact that Orwell had sympathies for anti-statist politics or that he was passionately anti-totalitarian AND that he was a socialist is only something which surprises those who don't understand know socialist history/politics very well. But if you don't, you have no hope understanding Orwell very well.

      If you want to misread Orwell and misinterpret
      the facts of his life that's your right (thanks
      in part to Orwell).

      --
      It is by coff... er, will, alone I set my mind in motion...
  209. Most certianly the future. by twitter · · Score: 2

    see here. I'm not going to write it more than once.

    --

    Friends don't help friends install M$ junk.

  210. Oh my, I can be of service again! by twitter · · Score: 2
    Wow, you seem to have realized that Communism is centralized economy Socialism. As the goal of Socialism is sharing wealth by government intervention, it's hard to see how it's not just a few shades of intolerance away from Communism. "We know what's best for you to do with your resources", they both tell us. The only difference is the ammount of coercion they can apply.

    It's easy to slap around the Republican party especially for hypocracy. All people are hypocrits to some extent. A collection of people will always reflect the views of more than one member and will be even more hypocritical. We should not be so smug when we use such cheap tricks.

    For glaring hypocracy, cosider the good that was done by declaring war against a tyrant for his invasion of Polland. Surely the tyrant was driven out of Polland and power alltogether and innocent people all through Europe were freed from horrible oppresion and even death camps. Oh wait, Poland was given to another tyrant and the victims of the death camps now run their own in Palestine! All brought to you by English Socialism, the government in power durring and espcially after the destruction of Europe, aka World War II.

    Oh well, at least Air Field One and the other world empires have been absorbed as Orwell predicted. You do know that Air Field One no longer makes it's own nuclear weapons but buys them from Washington, don't you?

    --

    Friends don't help friends install M$ junk.

    1. Re:Oh my, I can be of service again! by Zeinfeld · · Score: 2
      For glaring hypocracy, cosider the good that was done by declaring war against a tyrant for his invasion of Polland. Surely the tyrant was driven out of Polland and power alltogether and innocent people all through Europe were freed from horrible oppresion and even death camps. Oh wait, Poland was given to another tyrant and the victims of the death camps now run their own in Palestine! All brought to you by English Socialism, the government in power durring and espcially after the destruction of Europe, aka World War II

      Hate to break it to you but Winston Churchill was never a socialist (although he did change parties twice from conservative to liberal and back).

      The National government was only formed after Churchill took over. The Tories signed the Munich agreement.

      The withdrawal from Palestine was forced by the Zionist terrorists, including Yitshak Shamir who according to reports spent the war trying to form an alliance with the NAZIs. Read about the bombing of the King David hotel sometime.

      In the immediate aftermath of WWII the UK did not have the military force to liberate Poland or keep the sides apart in Palestine. So they agreed to a partition.

      --
      Looking for an Information Security student project suggestion?
      Try http://dotcrimeManifesto.com/
    2. Re:Oh my, I can be of service again! by twitter · · Score: 2
      In the immediate aftermath of WWII the UK did not have the military force to liberate Poland or keep the sides apart in Palestine. So they agreed to a partition.

      It is obvious that the UK did not have the military force to liberate Poland before the War either. Must be the kind of trechary and side shifting that Orwell refered to as the only means of teritorial aquisition available to the world's three predicted superstates.

      --

      Friends don't help friends install M$ junk.

  211. Suuuuurrrrrrrrre... by dissonant7 · · Score: 1
    The article points out that, in fact, freedom and democracy were strengthened by technological innovations, and addresses its affect on Stalinism and Nazism.

    That's exactly what THEY want you to think. The trouble with paranoia is that you can never be paranoid enough to outwit reality. The trouble with totalitarianism is that no conspiracy is without internal conspiracies.
  212. It's a Matter of Definition by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Technology may have strengthened freedom and democracy, but what about the possibility that the definitions of freedom and democracy are approaching the definitions of Stalinism and Nazism?

  213. FP!!!! by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Five Hundred and Fourteenth post!!!!

  214. The TIPS web page and pdf pamphlet: a review. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    Warning: may contain sarcasm.

    TIPS is based on a good idea, being alert and responding appropriately to threats. The idea is good, but the propaganda campaign looks a little over-played. Those psy-ops guys seem to have a pretty low opinion of their target audience with this one, if they're behind it.

    It suggests several times, without mentioning what counts as sufficiently suspicious, that any "unusual" activity should be reported. This is repeated several times. (A clown dancing the mamba and handing out leaflets advocating jazz? An man with a Ronaldo-style haircut mumbling into his wristwatch? An unmarked white van driving slowly? Gee, that's pretty unusual. Should I call the FBI?)

    It's a pretty effective trick, this repetition several times (with slightly different wording) of an ill-defined notion, but it really should be a little more subtle for proper effect on the widest demographic. More variation in wording is recommended. You can only use "unusual" so many times before people wonder what you mean by it, thus initiating the critical thought that you're trying so hard to avoid.

    It turns out that the eventually-given definition of suspicious behaviour that should be reported includes (among more reasonable things) "someone unknown to you loitering in a parking lot". That should be toned down or qualified - it's too obviously not meant to be followed.

    The writing style is alternately reasonable, alarmist, and condescending. Mostly very good, but I think it goes too far in taking advantage of the a particular date last fall (a date which I will not mention out of pity for those poor souls born on or otherwise attached to it). This tactic has been repeated so often that it will soon start to trigger wider distrust and resentment. It should be used more sparingly. Many people caught on months ago.

    In this case, it's used to justify the premise that we should all be afraid of strangers, or anything "unusual", which you'd think would be an easy enough result to aim for. It's vague and very emotional, classic subject matter.

    The "FAQ": It's far too easy to see that those questions are probably not the most frequently asked. Throw in at least one that seems plausible and mildly challenging or contentious.

    Not only is the main purpose of keeping people frightened pretty easy, the goal of improving security is a fairly plausible side-benefit, so the premise is strong.

    There is enough good advice mixed in there that some people will take it seriously, I guess. But it could use some work.

    The web being what it is, many people are going to read it, some of them more sceptical than you'd like. Although the campaign as it is may be somewhat be effective on the already-terrified demographic, the concerns I mention need to be addressed before it's (intentionally or otherwise) brought to a wider audience.

    1. Re:The TIPS web page and pdf pamphlet: a review. by CommieLib · · Score: 1

      Yours is a reasoned and rational criticism of the specifics of the plan (register, dude!). I think, however, that you're ascribing to malice that which can be ascribed to incompetence. The reality is that the people in power are scared shitless, don't really know what they should do, and yet are enormous pressure to come up with something.

      As it is, this system is likely to have such a low signal-to-noise ratio as to be useless. But I think the idea of a centralized clearinghouse for the information is good. I do agree that it needs refinement.

      --
      If your bitterest enemies are people who hack the heads off civilians, then I would say you're doing something right.
  215. Re:More afraid of Socialism - NOT! by JoeBlows · · Score: 1

    what orwell was against was totalitarian rejims...stolinism is just one....IngSoc was not stolinism, it was a capitolist democracy that turned into facism, ad then deeper into totalitarianism.

    Orwell died a libertarian.

    --
    True capitalism = lots of similar companies = jobs for everyone who wants one.
  216. Re:a twitt at your service. - Mod Parent UP!!! by isolation · · Score: 0

    Amen Brother !!!! =)

    --
    Free Unix? Free Windows. http://www.reactos.com
  217. More of a 'Brave New World' perhaps? by ShayUK · · Score: 1

    When news, history and other public information gets disseminated from fewer and fewer sources, it's going to be more and more tempting for those sources to use that information power to their own ends.

    I'm surprised this has not been mentioned yet, but this is where I see us having already arrived at a period in history rather more like Aldous Huxley's Brave New World where we are controlled through entertainment media and pleasure rather than through the control technologies of '1984'.

    While we have the interested few (such as many Slashdotters, I would assume) the reality is that the general public act as the 'silent majority' in that they don't particularly pay attention to what is going on because they are quite happy with their little house, big car, and the big TV in the corner of the room. What else do you need to worry about when you can sit back, relax and be passively entertained?

    There is certainly an element of what Orwell was examining in this future. But it is more through this collusion between government and info-tainment producers that news, events and wars are reported within specific frameworks in their 30-60 second spots on the nightly news - the source of most people's understanding of what is going on in the world!

    This is all well explored through the work of Neil Postman (Amusing Ourselves to Death among his best), Noam Chomsky and many other authors and academics in this field.

    So yes, the key in this argument isn't how are we being observed, but rather how we are given opportunity to truly observe the activities of our government, our leaders, our 'owners'...

  218. the year was wrong, but the message was clear... by zonker · · Score: 0

    In relation to the Bowie article posted earlier, I thought I might pass along this song whose contents hold true to the times from his album 'Diamond Dogs' titled 1984 (which was supposed to be a theme album based on Orwell's 1984 but they couldn't secure the rights, so he wrote around it).

    1984 by David Bowie from the album Diamond Dogs

    Someday they won't let you, so now you must agree
    The times they are a-telling, and the changing isn't free
    You've read it in the tea leaves, and the tracks are on TV
    Beware the savage jaw
    Of 1984

    They'll split your pretty cranium, and fill it full of air
    And tell that you're eighty, but brother, you won't care
    You'll be shooting up on anything, tomorrow's never there
    Beware the savage jaw
    Of 1984

    CHORUS
    Come see, come see, remember me?
    We played out an all night movie role
    You said it would last, but I guess we enrolled
    In 1984 (who could ask for more)
    1984 (who could ask for mor-or-or-or-ore)
    (Mor-or-or-or-ore)

    I'm looking for a vehicle, I'm looking for a ride
    I'm looking for a party, I'm looking for a side
    I'm looking for the treason that I knew in '65
    Beware the savage jaw
    Of 1984

    CHORUS

    1984
    1984
    1984 (more)
    1984
    1984 (more)
    1984


    Listen to it in context with the entire album and I think you'll really see what I mean.

  219. ever heard of Echelon? by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    nuff said...

  220. guns don't kill people... by Max+the+Merciless · · Score: 2, Insightful

    ...people kill people. But a society full of guns is likely to have a high incidence of murder.

    The motor vehicle didn't desert the inner city... but without it we would never have moved out into the suburbs.

    Technology is political. Often in unintended, unforseen ways.

    --
    * * Always question "the National Interest" - 9 times out of 10 it is a cover for evil
  221. mod parent down. by Max+the+Merciless · · Score: 1

    This is patently false. Orwell was part of the POUM (socialists) in the Spanish Civil War!

    This is WRONG, not INSIGHTFUL!

    --
    * * Always question "the National Interest" - 9 times out of 10 it is a cover for evil
  222. Not "quickly" but "efficiently" by Walles · · Score: 1
    Capitalism is geared toward utilizing resources as quickly as possible for maximum capital growth

    AFAIU, if capitalism is geared towards anything of the sort, it is to utilizing resources as efficiently as possible, not as quickly as possible. The quickest way (I can come up with) of "utilizing" a resource should be to blow it up. Blowing stuff up is not the main point of capitalism...

    --
    Installed the Bubblemon yet?
  223. Big Lie being told? by Jeppe+Salvesen · · Score: 2
    Is the big lie being told? Anybody remember this story?

    There was never any follow-up on that story, as far as I could tell. In these cases, that would indicate that the plan was carried out. Consequently, I am quite worried about the integrity of the news we get. You will find a sometimes large discrepancy if you compare british to american media. Isn't the basis of democracy that we as citizens know what is going on, so that we may judge the performance of our government for ourselves?

    --

    Stop the brainwash

    1. Re:Big Lie being told? by electronerd · · Score: 1

      I don't know if you are in Britain or the US, but the USA ain't a democracy. It's a democratic republic.

  224. Re:On democracies... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    The U.S. isn't a true democracy though, and never had any false pretenses about this until Vietnam.

    Unless you happen to be in CA, recall your Pledge of Allegiance ;)

    The founders of the U.S. didn't trust the citizens enough (a quote from Milton comes to mind*) to give them direct power, which is in part why Gore lost the past elections. They set up the Electoral College in a manner that is wholly unlike what it is now--whith changes only coming within the last 25-50 years--so that a select group of educated persons could determine who would be president.

    As it is, the people in the U.S. do *not* vote for the President. Your vote has no legal significance beyond possibly selecting someone else to vote for the President.

    --------------
    *my favorite lines from any work of literature:
    "And what are the people but a herd confused,
    A miscellaneous rabble who extol
    Things vulgar, and well weighed, scarce worth the praise?
    They praise, and they admire they know not what,
    And know not whom, but as one leads the other."

  225. Disposable phone's already ready already by andhar · · Score: 1
    --
    Vaya con huevos, my darling.
  226. 1984 - we're begging for it! by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    While the Internet/Web is still immature we will all enjoy the 'freedoms' it provides. But wait, because as soon as the majority are hooked up, they'll lock it down tight and monitor it in a way that'll make today's incursions into your privacy seem insignificant.

    Anyway, remember the Russian delegation to the UK during the height of the Cold War - the delegates were amazed at the amount of control that could be applied to a population that believed it was free (hey, you can turn left *and* right!), through the manipulation of the media, etc.

    My point here is that we give up our freedom and privacy willingly for a game of Quake, some online shopping or a peek at some porn.

    Our laziness is their greatest weapon: take the last US election - the majority of the population didn't want a government, or leastwise couldn't be arsed to vote for one. And what did they do when the vote was rigged? Little or nothing - no doubt they were too busy enjoying their 'freedoms' to notice.

    '1984' won't be forced on us - we'll invite it in willingly if it affords us an opportunity to sit on our backsides for just a little while longer.

  227. Re:an alternate view QWZX by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0
    YHBB

    (You Have Been Brainwashed)

    Compliments of the U.S. public education system, the Democratic National Party, the National Education Association, the teachers' unions, countless federal/state/local liberal bureaucrats, and hordes of elitist, anti-American, anti-Constitution, socialist, post-modern, pot-smoking, flag-burning, race-baiting, revisionist historians and textbook writers.

  228. Only major conflicts? ROTFL! by pieterh · · Score: 2

    I don't mean to include every little local conflict; I'm speaking only about major conflicts like the U.S.'s invasion of Southeast Asia, Indonesia's genecide in East Timor, Israel's invasion of Lebanon, etc.
    Have you never read a history book? WWII was the conclusion of 2000 years of organized warfare in Europe. Peace is a concept, not a natural state.
    As for American 'greed', you give undue credit to the rest of the world. People are equally greedy everywhere. The US just happens to have exceptional natural resources and a hybrid mix of the 'best of breed' immigrants from several continents.

  229. Good art is rarely so literal. by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    People seem to make the same mistake about 1984 that they do with movies like the Matrix. The intent of the work is not simply to predict future dangers of technology, although that certainly makes things interesting. The reason for the book, as with most good science fiction, is also to describe how things are TODAY. What we should also be debating is how accurate Orwell describes the current state of the world, as compared to say, oh, Aldous Huxley, focusing more on principle and less on actual technology. Good art is rarely so literal. George didn't think pigs were going to take over the world either.

  230. Reading such drivel one knows democracy is doomed. by jotaeleemeese · · Score: 2

    -The pledge of allegiance is wrong not because it hurts atheists, but because it disregards separation of church and state.
    -What do you suggest about homosexuality? To pretend it does not exist and jail the people that are homosexuals?
    -How would you call targetting people for how they look and not for intelligence information you may have? If all the intelligence information you have is "muslims are terrorists" that is called racism, plain and simple.
    -You are also suggesting that if your relatives break the law, the family should shoulder in support and ignore it. WHo are you? The Goodfather?

    Consumerism is certainly wrong, we should fight mindless consumerism, but to try to intermingle that with favoring things like racism and homophobia and ignoring both the letter and the spirit of laws to suit our needs is absolutely disgraceful.

    --
    IANAL but write like a drunk one.
  231. Must Define "Efficiency" by PatientZero · · Score: 2
    capitalism is geared towards . . . utilizing resources as efficiently as possible.

    Yes, but you must define "efficiency." Is the goal to maximize the standard of living? Or to create equality? To better mankind? To improve scientific research? To lengthen the average lifespan?

    No, it is none of the above. Capitalism is designed to maximize the efficiency of maximizing capital growth. For example, look at logging. If your goal is to provide timber for generation after generation, you would limit the logging to a level that can be replenished, creating an equilibrium between new growth and felled trees.

    But that's not how logging proceeded for the majority of U.S. history. Instead, forests were clear-cut for centuries leaving barren fields. It cost more money to plant trees and log in strips, so every tree was taken. As well, the only way to save old growth forests that had historic or aesthetic value from loggers was to use public and privately donated capital to protect them. Capitalism doesn't allow for measuring aesthetic or good will except for converting it to a capital value.

    And now the South American rainforest is disappearing at an alarming rate for timber and cattle to be exported to rich markets. It would be one thing if Brazilians decided they wanted to clear-cut their forests, but that's not what happens. Because the U.S. has such a large lead in capital, we are able to wield a disproportionate amount of power in developing countries, essentially taking whatever we want. Worse still, U.S. firms run the operations using U.S. capital, sending the profit back to the U.S. investors in a complete cycle.

    The local population of a land, then, doesn't own the resources located on the land. They belong to whomever can provide the capital necessary to extract them. Sure, the locals get a few slave-wage jobs in conditions no U.S.-worker would ever accept until the resources are exhausted. Again, capitalism encourages the resources to be removed as quickly as possible since as the time taken increases, so do the costs: labor, equipment, bribes to officials, possibly intervening militarily.

    Have you ever played any of the RTS games? If so, then you know the key to winning is to swoop in to a cache of resources and extract them as quickly as you can. The longer it takes, the more likely you'll have to defend your harvesters. As well, the faster you gain resources, the faster you can build your infrastructure and military. The U.S. views the world no differently than a typical player of StarCraft or Age of Empires.

    --
    Freedom to fear. Freedom from thought. Freedom to kill.
    I guess the War on Terror really is about freedom!
  232. and do not forget ... by hany · · Score: 1
    Otherwise, we could face the horrors Orwell wrote about: economic ruin, mass unemployment, global warming, ...

    And do not forget about artists starving to death - our faithfull RIAA and MPAA are reminding us and our government about that. So think also about starving artists! Throw out your brain (and CD burners) and believe your government! (and RIAA and MPAA and Microsoft and ...)

    --
    hany
  233. Orwell was not wrong!! He wrote about fact, not SF by janimal · · Score: 1

    From what I know, Orwell saw how the Soviet Union was being governed first hand in the 40s... The book he wrote was a description of what was actually going on, not of what would happen... The technology he describes really is just a cover. People were being watched 24/7.... by their neighbours. History WAS altered - a lot of russians still think Lenin invented the radio (.. in Marconi's attic, the joke goes).

    I didn't read the article associated with this post, but the subject is DEAD wrong.

    J

  234. Orwell was wrong, but Huxley was right... by koto54 · · Score: 1
    As Neil Postman said in the forword of its book, Amusing Ourselves to Death :
    "We were keeping our eye on 1984. When the year came and the prophecy didn't, thoughtful Americans sang softly in praise of themselves. The roots of liberal democracy had held. Wherever else the terror had happened, we, at least, had not been visited by Orwellian nightmares.

    But we had forgotten that alongside Orwell's dark vision, there was another - slightly older, slightly less well known, equally chilling: Aldous Huxley's Brave New World. Contrary to common belief even among the educated, Huxley and Orwell did not prophesy the same thing. Orwell warns that we will be overcome by an externally imposed oppression. But in Huxley's vision, no Big Brother is required to deprive people of their autonomy, maturity and history. As he saw it, people will come to love their oppression, to adore the technologies that undo their capacities to think.

    What Orwell feared were those who would ban books. What Huxley feared was that there would be no reason to ban a book, for there would be no one who wanted to read one. Orwell feared those who would deprive us of information. Huxley feared those who would give us so much that we would be reduced to passivity and egoism. Orwell feared that the truth would be concealed from us. Huxley feared the truth would be drowned in a sea of irrelevance. Orwell feared we would become a captive culture. Huxley feared we would become a trivial culture, preoccupied with some equivalent of the feelies, the orgy porgy, and the centrifugal bumblepuppy. As Huxley remarked in Brave New World Revisited, the civil libertarians and rationalists who are ever on the alert to oppose tyranny "failed to take into account man's almost infinite appetite for distractions". In 1984, Huxley added, people are controlled by inflicting pain. In Brave New World, they are controlled by inflicting pleasure. In short, Orwell feared that what we hate will ruin us. Huxley feared that what we love will ruin us."

    The book, which is really a must-read, is about the strong possibility that Huxley, not Orwell, was right.
  235. Two Issues Remain by ShepQ · · Score: 1

    Fine, Orwell was wrong. But there still remain two obvious errors in this article: 1) the tacit equation of personal liberty with democracy; 2) the fact that government has continued to find ways to erode personal liberties in spite of the availability of technology. So what if we're not living under a communist regime? Consider, for example, that a social democracy is every bit as unfriendly to personal liberty as communism is...

  236. Re:an alternate view QWZX by mpe · · Score: 2

    3) No Jews died in the WTC bombing because they got "the phone call"

    All the reports hve described it as an "Instant Message", which most likely means an SMS text message. Also these reports refer to Israeli citizens not "Jews". Plenty of Jews are not Israeli citizens, even with Israel having a policy of offering citizenship to any Jew. Indeed some Jews who lived in what became Israel post 1948 reject not only Israeli citizenship but also the legitimacy of the Israeli state.
    A Jew is simply someone who follows a certain monotheistic faith. An Israeli is a citizen of a country called Israel.

  237. Missing the Point by morgias · · Score: 1

    Orwell descriped a situation which occured by a controll attitude. It is a politician critic and not a prophecy. If you consider the effort of the goverment of the former DDR, eastern part of germany, you can see the result with old technic. Now we have much much better storage systems and analysing tools. These neigborhood watch may even bring some results, but it also changes the attitude of the people. "Don't trust anybody!" is a horrible attitude for every day. And it results probably in an "Orwell" like sceenery. It's an instrument often used in history but very often by very figures of very douptfull reputation.

  238. Of course 1984 didn't come true by hcdejong · · Score: 1

    ...because, on Jan 28, 1984, Apple introduced Macintosh.

    :-P

  239. Re:an alternate view QWZX by hcdejong · · Score: 1

    A Jew is simply someone who follows a certain monotheistic faith.

    No, a Jew is someone who is of Jewish descent. Faith has nothing to do with it.

  240. Absolutely correct except for the year. by sliknik · · Score: 1

    The writer of this article are mistaken if they think Orwell was wrong in "1984" (I admit he was wrong about the date). He thinks that because capitalism won instead of communism (I deliberately used the word "capitalism" instead of "democracy", like the Americans tend to do, because they are being very naïve if they think it is democracy that beat communism) that means that Orwell was wrong. Clearly they have not been keeping up with the news. In the US the various policing bodies are just short of getting laws passed to allow them to wiretap anyone with absolute impunity. There are software now being tested (and used) which will identify faces out of a crowd. How long is it before they start using that to pick out people for things other than the most serious crimes. There is an article I read recently where one of the car rental companies used the built in GPS device in the car to track the speed that the customer was driving and then penalised him because he breached their guidelines. How long before the police start using it too? In Europe (and many parts of the US) virtually every public area in bigger cities is covered by cameras which track vehicular and pedestrian traffic. They are testing their own facial recognition systems. And all these things are happening slowly and insidiously. How long is it going to be before the security forces assume more control over these devices and "make the world a safer place" by arresting people for littering and minor mischief. Everyone seems to have forgotten that Hoover ran the FBI as his personal information collection and coercion agency for so many years. How long before another one like him comes along? It could happen, these things always tend to creep up on you when you are not looking. And it is so gradual that no one notices. I am so glad that none of that stuff will reach here (Guyana) for the foreseeable future. I am not one of those conspiracy buffs, but there will come a time in the US and other developed countries (Australia for example) when you can't do anything with out being seen. And we all know that everyone is a critic, so what happens when everyone can see you? And what happens when it the police doing the criticising? I can hear the response now, I shouldn't have to worry if I am not doing anything wrong. Well guess who defines what "wrong" is? The same people who think that everyone should be seen. http://www.technologyreview.com/articles/wo_muller 071202.asp

  241. Golfing for Cats by PHAEDRU5 · · Score: 2

    It's a book by Alan Coren. It includes a sendup of 1984 which reveals the fundamental fallacy in Orwell's vision of the future: it assumes that the Big Brother state functions with perfect efficiency.

    Just like the governments we know and love.

    --
    668: Neighbour of the Beast
  242. Not a Prophecy by Wildfire+Darkstar · · Score: 1

    I am constantly amazed by the number of people who cling to the idea that George Orwell was in any way putting forward a prediction of what the future would be like. He wasn't that kind of author, and 1984 is clearly fanciful in a great many of its details.

    If anything, 1984 was a parody of social conditions in Great Britian in 1948, when it was written, not recognition of some disturbing trend. It was an attack on the kind of society promoted by Britian's socialists and social democrats, and at the flaws in that breed of idealism. It's what he did when he wrote Animal Farm: a dark satire of current events where the ideal and the reality were disconnected (Big Brother in 1984, the pigs in Animal Farm).

    To say that we're "on the road to 1984" (or to refute it as if it were a distinct possibility) misses the point. If we see similarities between the book and our present reality, it's because many of the social conditions present in the United Kingdom in the late 1940s persist in some form or another. But, as a work of prophecy, or as a warning against what Orwell felt was likely to happen in the future, 1984 is about as reliable as Flash Gordon.

    --
    Sean Daugherty "I have walked in Eternity -- and Eternity weeps."
  243. Re:an alternate view QWZX by MORTAR_COMBAT! · · Score: 1

    I can't tell what you think I have been brainwashed into believing. Looking back at my comment, I'm not sure I can even tell which side of what story I was trying to explain.

    --
    MORTAR COMBAT!
  244. War on Eastasia? Eurasia? Terror? by aaron_pet · · Score: 1

    Trading freedom for protection is a major theme in 1984.

    Technology will progress, it grows because of freedom(ability to suppress or promote others) (ripe when everybody(well, an optimum percentager of parties) has control of themselves, and can challege eachother. It grows rotten when everybody is synchronous) It grows because of war.

    The trick(for the opressors) is to keep the technology growing past its ripeness. And now we are at the mercy of the technology that few control. The cable companies, the telecos, the FCC, Microsoft, Other tech companies with "Intelectual Property".

    Oceana was at war with... Eastasia?... no... Eurasia... no... Eastasia...

    America is at war with Taliban... no? ... Iraq... no, yes? Wait, why not just cloak it in a word... terror. Yes, we are at war with terror... who is terror? umm... taliban one day, Osama Bin Laden another day... The people who blew up the WTC...

    The use of the word "terror" allows us no not go back and change the history.

    1984 is happening. And we love Big Brother.

    --
    Please use [ informative / summarizing ] SUBJECT LINES
    Flame me here
  245. Re:Reading such drivel one knows democracy is doom by e2d2 · · Score: 2

    The point I was trying to make was the fact that we are suffocated by political correctness and minority rule. A few people stand up and shout "I don't like that so we all should not like it. What you are saying offends me so I think you should stop saying it." I'm very democratic and The fact that I could say "such drivel" is a testament to it.

    The pledge of allegiance is wrong not because it hurts atheists, but because it disregards separation of church and state.


    We better reprint our money then. And every building in DC will need a face lift to remove those references to god. We might as well go the extra mile and demand politicians to remove any references to god in political speeches We can edit the ones from the past also. Because Xenu knows we can't have any references to church.


    What do you suggest about homosexuality? To pretend it does not exist and jail the people that are homosexuals?


    I suggest that they accept the fact that I do not accept their way and think it is not normal. Why must I accept their viewpoint? PS - A very close family member is a homosexual and I accept him as a human being and I love him. BUT I do not condone what he does and he accepts that. We agree to disagree.

    -How would you call targetting people for how they look and not for intelligence information you may have? If all the intelligence information you have is "muslims are terrorists" that is called racism, plain and simple.

    QUIZ
    who bombed the world trade center in the parking garage?
    militant male muslims

    who flew planes into the world trade center?
    militant male muslims

    who bombed the US embassies in East Africa?
    militant male muslims

    who bombed the USS Cole?
    militant male muslims

    who blew up the US embassy in west beirut?
    militant male muslims

    I think the point is made. Instead of looking for militant male muslims wanting to destroy us we should instead target old white folks from Florida? You wouldn't be much of a protector if you did. The gov't gets so caught up in trying to appear fair to appease the left wing hand wringers that our protection suffers.

    -You are also suggesting that if your relatives break the law, the family should shoulder in support and ignore it. WHo are you? The Goodfather?
    Yes I smoke blunts so I am the godfather. Turn me in because I am a threat to society.

  246. One-dimensional poolitics by gidds · · Score: 1
    The threat is neither from left nor right per se; it's from extreme authoritarians.

    The two things are independent: one useful view of political thought is as a two-dimensional spread, with conventional `left'/`right' on a horizontal axis, and libertarian/authoritarian vertically. Historically, extreme authoritarians have tended to be at one end or other of the left/right spread, but there's no direct connection.

    --

    Ceterum censeo subscriptionem esse delendam.

  247. Disposable cell phone exists by Arkhan · · Score: 1

    You'll definitely see it in your lifetime, because it is already here.

    It's made more or less of paper, so that shouldn't be an issue in disposal... but there's the battery to worry about, of course.

  248. Re:Reading such drivel one knows democracy is doom by Foosinho · · Score: 1
    The point I was trying to make was the fact that we are suffocated by political correctness and minority rule.
    Hehehehehehe! That's rich! (BTW, democracy is not "majority rule". Which seems to be what you endorse.)
    Because Xenu knows we can't have any references to church.
    Your failure to understand our own Constitution is ... depressing. But understandable, since virtually every Congressman similarly misunderstands the Constitution (either that, or believes in mob rule and religiously follows the polls).
    QUIZ
    who bombed the world trade center in the parking garage?
    militant male muslims
    QUIZ
    Who bombed Oklahoma City, which before 9/11 was the worst case of terrorism on American soil in US history?
    militant male (white) christian

    So, should we also stop all white males between the ages of 18 and 35? Why not? You seem to think it's OK to do that to young muslim men.
    Turn me in because I am a threat to society.
    Well, you are, but not for the reasons you think.

    While you should be (and are) free to be a Christian, and think gays are, well, gay, don't you think the same should be true of these "PC" groups you despise so? Shouldn't atheists be free to go about their lives without having Christianity shoved down their throats? Shouldn't gay people be allowed to live their lives? I say yes.

    Cheers,
    Your local libertarian
  249. Re:Reading such drivel one knows democracy is doom by e2d2 · · Score: 1

    Actually democracy is majority rule. Im not sure which definition you use but mine differs:


    Your failure to understand our own Constitution is ... depressing. But understandable, since virtually every Congressman similarly misunderstands the Constitution (either that, or believes in mob rule and religiously follows the polls).


    Then perhaps you will enlighten me to what the Constitution really means. BTW, Your condescending tone does nothing for your argument. It puts me in a automatic defensive position, instead of one of reason.

    While you should be (and are) free to be a Christian, and think gays are, well, gay, don't you think the same should be true of these "PC" groups you despise so? Shouldn't atheists be free to go about their lives without having Christianity shoved down their throats? Shouldn't gay people be allowed to live their lives? I say yes.

    Yes, gays and atheists should be allowed to live their lives as freely as any American. They contribute just as much to society as any other group. I agree wholheartedly. And I don't disagree that they have legit arguments. BUT I don't think a very vocal minority should be the cause of change. It's like the more vocal a group is the more they get attention because the squeeky wheel gets the oil. One person bitches, loudly, and change happens regardless of what the majority feels is right. Back to my original point - This is the same attitude highlighted in Bradbury's 451 that caused the eventual outlawing of books. Too many people took offense to a particular book or phrase in a book and wanted it banned. Eventually all books were banned because they were deemed offensive.

    I think your points are valid. I just feel that our system is flawed. Too often decisions are made based on offending the least amount of people, regardless of merit.

  250. Missed the Point? by PatientZero · · Score: 2
    Only major conflicts? ROTFL! . . . WWII was the conclusion of 2000 years of organized warfare in Europe.

    I don't see your point. Did you read the entire discussion for context? I made the point that the world and even the U.S. hasn't seen peace since WWII. Someone else rebutted saying that of course there's no peace because there's always at least one person somewhere in the world that is in conflict with another person. I replied that obviously if you look at every individual conflict there is no peace, which is not an interesting observation. However, if you restrict "conflict" to only major conflicts in the grand view the U.S. still hasn't been at peace.

    The average high school student would say that's incorrect. They'd point to WWII, the Korean War, the Vietnam War, the Gulf War, the Balkans Conflict, and the current war in Afghanistan, claiming the U.S. has enjoyed many years of peace between all of those wars. But they would be wrong because they'd be limited to official records in history books (yes, I've read a couple).

    You must include Guatemala, Panama, Ecuador, Colombia, Nicaragua, Sudan, Congo, Iran, Indonesia, East Timor, Laos, Cambodia, Phillipines, etc. In many of those cases the U.S. military was directly involved. In other cases it was limited to military training, support, and aid. And still others we interfered directly in elections or supported coups.

    As for American 'greed'

    I never said American greed. I said Capitalism encourages greed by creating the cycle of capital as the fuel and ultimate prize. You need capital to make capital; the more capital you have, the faster you can make more; and capital is the ultimate reward. Without capital you cannot play the game, and those with a head start are nearly guaranteed to increase their lead.

    People are equally greedy everywhere.

    Having been everywhere, you're the expert, right? In my admittedly far fewer travels -- I still haven't been to Australia or Antarctica -- I have found that greed is not universal. Some societies breed more greed than others, just as some breed more violence or tolerance. I have found that Capitalist societies tend to instill more greed in the populace. Instead of having musicians make music for the love of music, they must make music that can be marketed widely.

    The US just happens to have exceptional natural resources and a hybrid mix of the 'best of breed' immigrants from several continents.

    Those have certainly helped the U.S. maintain its lead, but that doesn't discount the advantages of the largest military, a head start on capital from Europe, and a willingness to succeed at all costs, including slavery and genocide. That the U.S. has a higher standard of living than the developing nations does not justify the means of achieving it.

    --
    Freedom to fear. Freedom from thought. Freedom to kill.
    I guess the War on Terror really is about freedom!
  251. Poor Babies Indeed by PatientZero · · Score: 2
    If they had a backbone, they'd tell us to take our money and shove it.

    Who is "they"? Do you believe that the average citizen of Afghanistan has any pull with the self-appointed leaders of the interim government? The leaders that will benefit from the kickbacks and support of their power are certainly not going to turn down the economic and military aid, and they have the only deciding voice.

    For a country that loves to cry the virtues of democracy so loudly, the U.S. is amazingly steadfast in its support of totalitarian dictators. Again and again we oppose democracy for anyone but ourselves knowing it would require more effort to rape the world if we had to answer to the entire population rather than a few bozos at the top.

    That's a far cry from "installing a US-friendly government"

    Have you ever trained a dog?

    1. Tell dog to sit
    2. Show dog how to sit (push its ass to the ground)
    3. Give dog a treat
    4. Tell dog to sit
    5. If dog sits, give it a treat
    6. Go to step 4; repeat as necessary

    You teach the dog that good behavior is rewarded with treats and bad behavior is punished by lack of treats. It works the same way with client nations. Good behavior (liberalization of investment, opening markets to foreign capital, relaxing capital flight restrictions) is rewarded with treats (economic aid, military training, investment). Bad behavior (workers rights, social programs, import tarrifs) is punished (capital flight, trade embargos, dumping cheap imports into local markets). It doesn't take long before the client is rolling over and playing dead on command.

    Give it a rest.

    No, you and the majority of the public have been resting for far too long. Turn off the television and open your eyes and ears to the rest of the world. Read about U.S. foreign policy. Investigate the actions of your elected officials. If you want to sleep through life, that is your choice, but don't whine when I won't lie down for the slaughter with you.

    --
    Freedom to fear. Freedom from thought. Freedom to kill.
    I guess the War on Terror really is about freedom!
    1. Re:Poor Babies Indeed by jafac · · Score: 3


      Who is "they"?
      The thousands of tribal elders who conviened at the Loya Jirga two months ago and unanimously nominated Karzai for president - who the fuck did you think I was talking about. I know damn well the average person in Afghanistan doesn't have a vote. It's not a democracy there - this is their traditional form of governance, and I don't have a problem with it, I don't think we need to cram democracy down anyone's throats, do you? Lest we be accused of cultural imperialism. - it's certainly not a dictatorship.

      Have you ever trained a dog?
      (insanely stupid example follows. . .)


      We're not talking about an individual dog, here. We're talking about an incredibly ethnically diverse, fragmented, traumatized, and poor population here.

      Fuck, has Saddam Hussein sat on command for us? After 10 years of getting swatted on the nose with a rolled-up newspaper? No, he has the balls to stand up to the pressure the international community has agreed to place upon him. Sure, his people suffer. What money he DOES get ahold of, he uses for gold plated bricks for his presidential palaces instead of food for his malnurished children, then he turns around and blames the sanctions.
      "Bow wow! I'm shitting on the rug because you keep hitting me with that rolled up newspaper. It's not my fault. I don't control my behavior, you do. Give me some good doggie treats or I'm gonna chew up your shoes too!"

      You state this argument as if people were animals that respond only to operant conditioning, and do not think for themselves, or act on strong personal conviction.
      This is a population that has not only been thinking for themselves, but the average Joe is usually an experienced fighter with an AK-47 under his bed, and has been used to fighting wars from liberation of his country to fending off bandits to inter-tribal conflicts for the past 30 years. They sure as hell think and fight for themselves - I don't believe for one minute that if there were people unhappy with the, as you put it, "US-friendly government" - they'd have it forcibly removed. In fact, there's already a great deal of conflict in that direction, partially by Taliban supporters who liked the old system better and partially by tribal warlords who want to become something a bit more than that, or who liked the old system where the government turned a blind eye while they robbed people at will.

      Of course, those that are going along with the current government may be happy about getting US or IMF money, may be happy that we helped them kick out the Taliban, may be happy that their women can walk down the street unafraid of being beaten when a stray breeze blows the hem of their burqua up 3" and exposes their sexy ankles. Maybe they're happy that they're free to start a business selling books or renting videos. Maybe they're happy at the prospect of law and order after 30 years of tribal warlords firing rockets into densely populated cities. Is there anything wrong with that? Tell me, because I don't see it. Does that mean that we're brainwashing them? Controlling them like puppets on strings? Oh gosh, we MUST be, because we're the evil US and never do anything unless it's specifically directed at controlling our client-states, protecting our interests, and above all, stealing money from the poor, which is what we like best.

      No, you and the majority of the public have been resting for far too long. Turn off the television and open your eyes and ears to the rest of the world. Read about U.S. foreign policy. Investigate the actions of your elected officials. If you want to sleep through life, that is your choice, but don't whine when I won't lie down for the slaughter with you.

      Ah yes, the alleged "hidden agenda" "great conspiracy theory" deal. I assume that the Bilderburg group is all behind this, in league with the Zionists, that the mainstream press is all lies because they're controlled by a tiny 9 separate, competing (but secretly colluding) corporations, and that underground sources are SOOOOO hard to find that I'm just a poor deluded doggie that sits for treats like all the good US citizens and puppet government regimes across the earth.

      So fuck you. I do read independent news sources, I do research the actions of my "elected" officials, and they're not perfect, nor is our system of government, and I know when I'm being lied to, and I know I'm being lied to a lot. But the things you're saying, as I said before, are just as far from the truth as what comes out of Jar Jar Bush's mouth, they're the same tired anti-West propaganda that's been coming out of the Soviet Union, North Korea, Iraq, Palestine, Libya, Syria, Nation of Islam, and every other bunch of sour apples for the past 40-50 years. They can't get a leg-up in competition, so they make up this bullshit story about how people can't make their own decisions and how everyone is controlled by money, and are poor opressed slaves by some evil conspiracy or imperialist hegemony. Bah!

      --

      These are my friends, See how they glisten. See this one shine, how he smiles in the light.
  252. Re:Reading such drivel one knows democracy is doom by Foosinho · · Score: 1
    Let me start by saying... yes, I was too aggressive. I apologize.
    Actually democracy is majority rule.
    Not good democracy. I think definitions 1 and 5 are more appropriate, and what we should be aiming for.
    Then perhaps you will enlighten me to what the Constitution really means.
    It says it right there - "Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof". I fail to see how it can be argued that our Congressionally approval-stamped Pledge (to pick a hot topic) meets those requirements, not to mention Jefferson's guidelines on "wall of separation". I'm no constitutionalist, but that stuff is in there for a reason, and just because we've "gotten away" with ignoring it for so many years doesn't make it right - there are a lot of (good) Americans who don't believe in (a) God. Having God in so many offical "capacities" infringes on a number of people's religious freedom rights. Ditch the "under God", or change the 1st Amendment. Those are the options.

    Unfortunately (and probably not surprisingly) the majority acts nearly exclusively in their best interests (which is why good democracy isn't mob rule). To truly respect the rights of others is to not want to clobber them over their heads with your religion, as you would like them to do the same to you (ie, the Pledge not saying "under Shiva"). The Golden Rule, and all that.
    I just feel that our system is flawed. Too often decisions are made based on offending the least amount of people, regardless of merit.
    We can agree on that. Which is why every Senator stood up in support of the Pledge as it is now - not as it was originally and still should be. In order to avoid offending the majority.

    If the cause is just, then the vocal minority should be the cause of change! Stasis is a bad thing. If everyone accepted the status quo as "the right way", then we'd still have slavery, women would be disenfranchised, heck - we'd probably still be a British colony. Rocking the boat is necessary to attract attention to the wrongs of the world, and it almost always starts with a minority of people.

    I mean, I think I understand what you are trying to say, but might may make "right", even if it's wrong. (Witness the "Drug War".)
  253. My life is uninteresting ... by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    ... I am not a minister who travels frequently around the country making speeches about civil rights. ... I am not a prominent pacifist physicist. ... I am not a world famous musician, either. ... I am not one of the 900 most significant people in an opposition political party.

    But my society, and my own personal life, is much better because all of these people worked for change. Indeed, anyone who is working for any kind of change is going to travel a lot, talk with other people a lot, and otherwise lead interesting lives.

    Thus, when internal security agencies accumulate 1000's of pages of dossiers on such "interesting" people, it also affects me.

  254. Orwell wasn't Completely Wrong by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    The author looked rather narrowly at his subject. In the US today, we may have a Political Democracy, but it is subservient to a Totalitarian Corporate Structure, which wields the real power. Ironically, it is not Uncle Joe who is Big Brother, but Uncle Bill. Not Hitler who is corrupting America, but Michael Eisner.

    Then again, America suffered this same sort of corruption under Warren Harding, so maybe I'm getting all worked up for nothing.

  255. fascism and nazi are misnomers by twitter · · Score: 2
    You might want to call such evil people by the terms that they used for themselves, "National Socialists". Yes, I understand Socialism. I happen to not distinguish between Socialist who are racists and those who are not. Both use coersion to insure that resources are distributed along lines that they consider moral and just. The point of law should be to minimize coersion while still protecting citezens from each other's predation.

    I also understand what liberalism means, despite the great misuse of a term that essentialy means "free". The Book of the Brotherhood sneers at this too:

    The heirs of the French, English, and American revolutions had partly believed in their own phrases about the rights of man, freedom of speech, equality before the law, and the like, and had even allowed their conduct to be influenced by them to some extent.

    Equality before the law is something that all Socialist violate and confuse with equality of resources. It is easy for such a system to tip over towards autocracy.

    Charity and public spirit do not require coersion. This is a basic fact of life that is demonstrated over and over again. Coersion and institutionalized charity, perversly, reduce men's sense of love for each other and their likelyhood of contributing volutiarily to useful projects.

    Oh well, this is getting offtopic. It's not what has not happened as Orwell predicted that's disturbing, it's what has happened and what is possible.

    --

    Friends don't help friends install M$ junk.

    1. Re:fascism and nazi are misnomers by WINSTANLEY · · Score: 1

      Only a cadre of psycho-libertarians (sorry,
      that's redundant) could moderate this dreck up.

      --
      It is by coff... er, will, alone I set my mind in motion...
  256. Commie by Anonymous Coward · · Score: 0

    If you don't like it, go have a nice stay in a Goulag. Stupid commie.

  257. "the Big Lie" by siliC · · Score: 1

    "Communications would spread propaganda--the "Big Lie"--and electronics would be used for surveillance and thought control."

    This article is such a communication. Sadly, there are those in this country (the U.S.) that would welcome the "safety" of an Orwellian state... and those that would spread propaganda to bring it about.